{"title":"Pendant Lights","description":"\u003cp\u003eDiscover our expertly curated collection of \u003cstrong\u003ependant lights\u003c\/strong\u003e — sculptural silhouettes in matte black, brushed brass, and amber glass that transform any space into a designer statement. From kitchen islands to bedroom nooks, our hanging lights install effortlessly and shine brilliantly. Pair with our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/chandeliers\"\u003echandeliers\u003c\/a\u003e for grand spaces or \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ceiling-lights\"\u003eceiling lights\u003c\/a\u003e for a cohesive layered look.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"lyoowng-plug-in-pendant-light-cord-15ft-hanging-lights-cord","title":"LYOOWNG Plug in Pendant Light Cord, 15FT Hanging Lights Cord, DIY Lamp Kit","description":"\u003ch1\u003e15 ft Hemp Rope Plug-In Pendant Cord Kit for DIY Hanging Lights\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 15 ft hemp rope plug-in pendant cord is a DIY hanging lamp kit for people who would rather choose their own shade than buy a finished pendant. The cord carries a UL-listed E26\/E27 socket rated to 60W at 120V, an inline on\/off switch, and the hooks needed to hang it — the bulb and the shade are yours to add.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause the rope can be knotted short or looped over a hook, the drop is set by hand instead of fixed at the factory. That makes the kit as useful for seasonal and temporary lighting as it is for a room that needs a pendant permanently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCord length 15 ft; hanging height adjustable by knotting or looping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHemp rope-wrapped cord with UL-listed E26\/E27 socket and plug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × E26\/E27 bulb, max 60W (bulb sold separately) — incandescent or LED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified — determined by the bulb installed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot dimmable — inline on\/off switch on cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug-in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn\/off switch on cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUL Listed (socket and plug)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural hemp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Farmhouse Hemp Rope Plug-In Pendant Cord, 15 ft \\u2014 DIY Hanging Lamp Kit\",\n  \"description\": \"A 15 ft hemp rope plug-in pendant cord is a DIY hanging lamp kit for people who would rather choose their own shade than buy a finished pendant. The cord carries a UL-listed E26\/E27 socket rated to 60W at 120V, an inline on\/off switch, and the hooks needed to hang it \\u2014 the bulb and the shade are yours to add. Because the rope can be knotted short or looped over a hook, the drop is set by hand instead of fixed at the factory. That makes the kit as useful for seasonal and temporary lighting as it \",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0CMLS5XGT.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0CMLS5XGT\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/hemp-rope-diy-pendant-cord\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"19.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  },\n  \"certification\": \"UL Listed (socket and plug)\"\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFarmhouse lighting took the rope-wrapped cord from utility fixtures, where a thick fibre jacket protected the cable and gave a hand something to grip. Leaving the hemp exposed is the intent: the fixture is meant to look assembled rather than moulded.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHemp holds a knot, which is why this cord can be shortened without cutting or fitting a cable clamp. Loop the rope over a hook and the length changes in seconds, so one kit serves a low bedside drop one month and a high swag across a living room the next.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe socket and plug carry a UL listing and are rated to 60W, which leaves headroom for a brighter LED than most decorative cords permit, and the switch sits on the cord rather than at the socket so it stays within reach. LIGHTEXP includes the hanging hardware, since the part that fails on a cord pendant is rarely the cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBreakfast nook — one drop over a small table.\u003c\/strong\u003e Loop the rope over a single ceiling hook above a two- or four-seat table, plug into the nearest outlet, and fit a warm-white LED at 40–60W equivalent. Hemp reads comfortably against a scrubbed pine top and mismatched chairs, and the adjustable loop lets the shade sit 30 in above the surface rather than at whatever height a fixed cord dictates. Drop heights for small dining tables are set out in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBalcony, porch, or a party — light that comes down afterwards.\u003c\/strong\u003e A covered balcony rarely has a ceiling box, and a wedding or dinner party rarely justifies one. Hang the cord from a beam or a plant bracket, run it to an outdoor-rated outlet under cover, and take it down the next morning. Pair it with a paper lantern or a wire cage shade, which is where the DIY part of the kit earns its price. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e section includes temporary and seasonal schemes built the same way.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKid's room, laundry, or a cafe corner — light where the builder did not put any.\u003c\/strong\u003e A cord over a reading teepee, a laundry folding counter, or a cafe service nook solves a space that was never wired, and it can be moved when the room is rearranged. Two cords hung at different heights in the same corner give a layered look for very little outlay. If the room later needs something permanent, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e includes hardwired pendants in finishes that sit alongside the rope. Pick the spot first, then choose a shade that suits it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it installed, and do I need tools or an electrician?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation is hanging the included hooks and plugging the cord into a standard outlet — the bulb screws into the E26\/E27 socket by hand, and no wiring is involved. A screwdriver or drill is usually the only tool, and the job takes about ten minutes per cord. No electrician is required, which is the main reason to choose a plug-in cord over a hardwired pendant.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat bulbs can I use, and does it dim?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAny E26 or E27 base bulb up to 60W works, incandescent or LED. The bulb is not included, so brightness and colour temperature are your choice — a filament-style LED suits an open cage shade, while a standard LED suits a lantern. There is no dimming circuit in the cord; the inline switch is on\/off only, so a dimmable bulb will not dim through this kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I set the hanging height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe full cord is 15 ft, and the height is set by looping or knotting the rope rather than by cutting it, so the adjustment is reversible. For a table or counter, aim for about 30 in between the bottom of the shade and the surface. In a room with a tall ceiling, the surplus can be swagged to a hook partway across the ceiling, which also moves the plug closer to a wall outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I care for the rope cord?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnplug the cord and let the bulb cool before handling. Dust the hemp with a dry cloth or a soft brush, following the direction of the twist; spot-clean with a barely damp cloth rather than soaking it, since saturated fibre dries slowly. Keep the rope clear of open flame and away from direct contact with a high-heat bulb, and check occasionally that the knot or loop has not slipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen will it arrive, and how is it packed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3–5 business days, and standard delivery takes 7–15 business days with tracking provided. The coiled rope ships in protective foam-in-box packaging with the hooks bagged separately, so the fibre arrives clean and the socket is not crushed in transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat do returns and the warranty cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted within 30 days on unused items in original packaging. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module, which here means the cord, the socket, and the inline switch. Shades, cages, and bulbs are bought separately and are not covered by this warranty, so keep the box until the placement is settled.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500387066223,"sku":"B0CMLS5XGT","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/71JWEN_QtNL.jpg?v=1789876531"},{"product_id":"modern-black-farmhouse-clear-glass-cylinder-pendant-light-fi","title":"Modern Black Farmhouse Clear Glass Cylinder Pendant Light Fixture,Island Lights for","description":"\u003ch1\u003eMatte Black Cylinder Glass Pendant Light with an Adjustable 2–50 in Cable\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis matte black cylinder pendant is for households furnishing a farmhouse or transitional kitchen who want a clear glass shade that shows the bulb rather than concealing it. A double-layer clear glass cylinder surrounds an aluminum lamp holder, and the cable adjusts from 2 in to 50 in so one fixture covers a sink, a hallway, or a run above an island.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt takes a standard E26 bulb, sold separately, and dims when paired with a dimmable bulb and a compatible dimmer switch. Mounting hardware for US junction boxes is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable cable, 2\"–50\" drop; shade dimensions not specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear double-layer glass cylinder shade, aluminum lamp holder, matte black finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × E26 medium-base bulb (bulb sold separately) — LED, CFL, halogen, Edison compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified — determined by the bulb installed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimmable when used with a dimmable bulb and a compatible dimmer switch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardwired, compatible with US junction boxes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110–120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall switch control; dimmer switch compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatte black with clear glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Matte Black Clear Glass Cylinder Pendant Light \\u2014 Farmhouse Kitchen Island\",\n  \"description\": \"This matte black cylinder pendant is for households furnishing a farmhouse or transitional kitchen who want a clear glass shade that shows the bulb rather than concealing it. A double-layer clear glass cylinder surrounds an aluminum lamp holder, and the cable adjusts from 2 in to 50 in so one fixture covers a sink, a hallway, or a run above an island. It takes a standard E26 bulb, sold separately, and dims when paired with a dimmable bulb and a compatible dimmer switch. Mounting hardware for US \",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B08XYVXHBY.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B08XYVXHBY\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/black-glass-cylinder-pendant\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"97.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe double-layer glass is why this shade reads deeper than a single-wall cylinder. Light crosses two walls of clear glass before it reaches the room, which softens the hard edge of an exposed filament without the milky diffusion a frosted shade imposes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn aluminum lamp holder carries the socket in place of a plastic one. Aluminum keeps its shape under the heat of a long burn and does not discolour at the collar where the shade meets the fitting, which is the first place a cheaper holder shows age.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 2 in to 50 in cable range is unusually wide, and it exists for a reason: a short drop suits a hallway or a sink under a low ceiling, while the full 50 in lets the same fixture hang at the right height in a stairwell or a two-storey entry. LIGHTEXP pairs the cable with a mounting base sized for standard US junction boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen island — a run of three or five.\u003c\/strong\u003e The cylinder is narrow enough that several can share one island without crowding it: three over a 6 ft run, five over 8 ft or longer, spaced at equal intervals along the centre line with roughly 30 in between shades. Matte black works against white shaker cabinetry as contrast, and against warm oak as a quieter repetition of dark hardware. Group spacing and drop heights for island runs are covered in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOver a sink or in a bathroom — one fixture, short drop.\u003c\/strong\u003e Set the cable to its shorter range and the pendant sits close to the ceiling, which keeps it clear of sightlines and of anyone leaning over the basin. An Edison-style LED bulb suits the clear glass here, since the whole point of the shade is that the bulb is visible; a frosted or filament LED keeps the exposed look without glare at eye level. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e section includes sink and vanity placements in both farmhouse and transitional rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStairwell, entry, or a commercial run — the long drop earns its keep.\u003c\/strong\u003e At close to 50 in, this pendant hangs correctly in a two-storey hall where a fixed-length fixture would float too high, and the matte black finish reads as a deliberate line against a pale stair wall. Because the same unit covers short and long drops, a hotel corridor or a restaurant counter can order one SKU for every position and set each height on site. Matching black pendants and sconces for larger schemes are listed in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e. Decide the drop first, then choose a bulb that suits the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs installation straightforward, and what tools are needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fixture hardwires to a standard US ceiling junction box, and all mounting hardware is included, so no adaptor parts are needed. A screwdriver, wire nuts, and a voltage tester are the tools involved; a straight swap over an existing pendant is a short job, and a licensed electrician is the right call if no junction box is present. The cable is set to length at the canopy during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs fit, and does it dim?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAny E26 medium-base bulb fits, including LED, CFL, halogen, and Edison-style types, and most smart bulbs are compatible as well. Bulbs are sold separately. The fixture dims when used with a dimmable bulb and a compatible dimmer switch — the fixture itself has no built-in dimmer, so both the bulb and the wall control need to be dimmable for the function to work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know the drop will suit my ceiling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cable adjusts from 2 in to 50 in, which covers everything from a flush short drop over a sink to a long hang in a stairwell or a two-storey entry. As a working guide, leave 30–36 in between the bottom of the shade and a counter or table surface. Shade dimensions are not specified, so if you are matching an existing fixture, confirm the cylinder footprint against your space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean the glass shade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch the power off and let the shade cool, then wipe the glass with a soft cloth and a mild glass cleaner applied to the cloth rather than sprayed onto the fixture. Dry with a second cloth to avoid streaks. Clean the matte black holder and canopy with a dry cloth only — solvents and abrasive pads dull the finish and can mark the coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does delivery take, and how is it packed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3–5 business days, and standard delivery takes 7–15 business days with tracking provided. The glass cylinder is nested in protective foam-in-box packaging, with the cable coiled and the mounting hardware bagged separately so nothing scuffs the shade in transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the returns and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted within 30 days on unused items in original packaging. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module, including the glass shade, the aluminum holder, the cable, and the canopy hardware. Bulbs are purchased separately and are not covered. Keep the foam insert until the fixture is installed and checked.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500387098991,"sku":"B08XYVXHBY","price":97.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/41D58q1Hr8S.jpg?v=1789876533"},{"product_id":"shenmoyl-pendant-light-with-clear-striped-glass-lmapshade-br","title":"Shenmoyl Pendant Light with Clear Striped Glass Lmapshade, Brass Vintage Pendant Light","description":"\u003ch1\u003eClear Striped Glass Pendant Light in Brass — 6.7 in Globe on a 59 in Chain\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a brass pendant light with a clear striped glass shade for homeowners who want a small vintage fixture with visible material quality over a kitchen island, breakfast bar, or sink. The 6.69 in globe is clear glass with vertical ribbing, hung from a brass-finished canopy on a 59 in chain that is adjusted at installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA G45 E26 bulb in warm 2700K is included, and the fixture carries its own rotary switch on the body, so it can be switched at the light itself as well as from the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShade 6.69\" dia × 4.47\" H; adjustable chain up to 59\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear striped glass shade, brass-finished metal canopy and collar, fabric-covered cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × E26 bulb; G45 6W 2700K bulb included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2700K (warm white)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotary switch on fixture body; dimming depends on the bulb installed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardwired\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110–120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotary switch on fixture body; wall switch control also possible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUL Listed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrass with clear glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Brass Pendant Light with Clear Striped Glass Shade, 6.7\\\" Globe\",\n  \"description\": \"This is a brass pendant light with a clear striped glass shade for homeowners who want a small vintage fixture with visible material quality over a kitchen island, breakfast bar, or sink. The 6.69 in globe is clear glass with vertical ribbing, hung from a brass-finished canopy on a 59 in chain that is adjusted at installation. A G45 E26 bulb in warm 2700K is included, and the fixture carries its own rotary switch on the body, so it can be switched at the light itself as well as from the wall.\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0D3V798MH.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0D3V798MH\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/brass-striped-glass-pendant\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"83.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  },\n  \"certification\": \"UL Listed\"\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVertical ribbing in a clear shade is a functional decision before it is a decorative one. The ridges break up the filament image seen through the glass, so the output reads as an even glow rather than a bright point, and they keep the fixture worth looking at during the day when it is switched off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrass-finished metal is used at the canopy and socket collar for corrosion resistance in the humid air above a sink or range, and the polished surface resists surface oxidation better than untreated plating. The cord is fabric-covered over an inner rubber layer, which makes the drop read as part of the fixture rather than as wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rotary switch is a period detail that also solves a practical problem: a pendant hung over an island can be turned off at the fixture instead of at the wall. LIGHTEXP specifies the chain at 59 in so one fixture can hang close over a breakfast bar or drop lower in a tall entry, set during installation rather than ordered in a fixed length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen island — a small globe, repeated.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 6.69 in wide, this shade is sized for a run rather than a single statement: three spaced evenly along a 6 to 8 ft island give even warm light across the whole worktop without blocking sightlines across the room. Hang the shades 30–36 in above the counter and pair them with shaker or flat-front cabinetry, where brass hardware picks up the canopy finish. Pendant spacing for island runs is set out in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOver the sink — one fixture, used every day.\u003c\/strong\u003e A single pendant centred above a kitchen sink is the most-used light in many homes, and 2700K warm white is kind here: it does not flatten the colour of produce or dishes the way a cool source does. The clear glass throws light downward and outward, so the basin and the counter either side are both covered. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e section shows sink and breakfast-bar placements in a range of kitchen layouts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEntryway or cafe counter — vintage brass as a finishing material.\u003c\/strong\u003e Brass works in a hall because it holds warmth against painted panelling or a dark front door, and the ribbed glass gives a visitor something to look at while waiting. In a cafe, the same fixture over a service counter reads as period-fitting without requiring a full refit; the on-body rotary switch lets staff kill a single pendant at closing rather than hunting the wall plate. Coordinating brass sconces and larger pendants are gathered in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose the drop height first, then decide whether one fixture or a row suits the space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this pendant need hardwiring, and what tools are involved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the fixture is hardwired to a standard ceiling junction box, and the chain length is set at the canopy during installation. A screwdriver, wire strippers, and a voltage tester cover the job; most electricians complete a single pendant in well under an hour, and a row of three in one visit. If you are replacing an existing pendant, the junction box is already in place and the swap is straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs fit, and can it be dimmed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe socket takes any standard E26 base bulb, including LED, incandescent, halogen, and fluorescent types, and a G45 6W 2700K bulb is included. The fixture has a rotary switch on the body rather than a dimmer, so dimming behaviour depends on the bulb you install and on your wall control; a dimmable bulb paired with a compatible dimmer is the route to a dimmed output.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is the fixture, and will it fit my ceiling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe glass shade measures 6.69 in in diameter and 4.47 in high, and the chain adjusts to a maximum of 59 in from canopy to fixture. That suits flat ceilings up to roughly 12 ft at a standard pendant height, with the surplus chain shortened rather than coiled. As a rough guide, one 6.7 in shade suits a small island or sink, while a run of two or three covers a full-length island.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should the glass and brass be cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch the fixture off and let the glass cool. Wipe the shade with a soft, barely damp cloth and dry it immediately to avoid water spotting on the brass; a dry microfibre cloth handles dust between deeper cleans. Clean the brass with a dry cloth only and avoid abrasive pads or chemical polishes, which strip the finish. Do not immerse the socket or cord end in water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does delivery take, and how is it packed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3–5 business days, and standard delivery takes 7–15 business days with tracking provided. The glass shade ships nested in protective foam-in-box packaging with the chain coiled and the canopy hardware bagged separately, so the ribbed glass arrives without chips or scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the returns and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted within 30 days on unused items in original packaging, and the 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module, including the glass shade, canopy, chain, and socket assembly. The included bulb is a consumable item and is not covered once used. Keep the foam insert until the fixture is installed and checked.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500387131759,"sku":"B0D3V798MH","price":83.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/61vTCh9mVNL.jpg?v=1789876534"},{"product_id":"plug-in-pendant-light-cord-industrial-hanging-light-kit-with","title":"Plug in Pendant Light Cord, Industrial Hanging Light Kit with 15FT Hemp Rope, E26 E27","description":"\u003ch1\u003e15 ft Hemp Rope Plug-In Pendant Light Kit with UL-Listed E26\/E27 Socket\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 15 ft hemp rope pendant cord is a hanging light kit for anyone who wants the texture of a natural-fibre drop without opening a ceiling or hiring an electrician. The kit pairs a UL-listed E26\/E27 socket with a plug-in cord and an inline on\/off switch, so the fixture runs from an ordinary wall outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHooks and self-tapping screws are included, which means the cord can be anchored to a joist, beam, or shelf bracket in a few minutes and moved just as easily afterwards. Fit a bulb up to 60W, add a shade of your own if the room calls for one, and the result is a pendant assembled around the space rather than a fixture bought to fit it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCord length 15 ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHemp rope-wrapped cord with UL-listed E26\/E27 socket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × E26\/E27 bulb, max 60W (bulb sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified — determined by the bulb installed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot dimmable — inline on\/off switch on cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug-in, no hardwiring required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn\/off switch on cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUL Listed (socket and cord)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural hemp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Plug-In Hemp Rope Pendant Cord, 15 ft \\u2014 Industrial Hanging Light Kit\",\n  \"description\": \"This 15 ft hemp rope pendant cord is a hanging light kit for anyone who wants the texture of a natural-fibre drop without opening a ceiling or hiring an electrician. The kit pairs a UL-listed E26\/E27 socket with a plug-in cord and an inline on\/off switch, so the fixture runs from an ordinary wall outlet. Hooks and self-tapping screws are included, which means the cord can be anchored to a joist, beam, or shelf bracket in a few minutes and moved just as easily afterwards. Fit a bulb up to 60W, ad\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0DFZ3DPR5.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0DFZ3DPR5\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/hemp-rope-pendant-light-cord\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"17.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  },\n  \"certification\": \"UL Listed (socket and cord)\"\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWrapping a lamp cord in hemp rope does two jobs at once. It thickens the cable so the drop reads as a deliberate element rather than a wire, and it hides the plastic jacket that makes ordinary cords look temporary. The fibre is twisted rather than braided, giving the surface a visible spiral that picks up light along its length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe socket and cord carry a UL listing, and the assembly is rated to 60W at 120V, a higher ceiling than most decorative cord kits allow. That rating is what makes the kit usable with a brighter bulb over a kitchen table or a cafe counter instead of limiting it to a low-wattage accent. Keeping the switch on the cord rather than at the socket keeps it within reach when the pendant hangs above head height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 15 ft length is the other considered decision. It is long enough to swag the cord across a ceiling to a distant outlet when the two points do not line up. LIGHTEXP supplies both hooks and self-tapping screws so the run can be pinned at several points instead of sagging in one long arc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen table — texture overhead, light where it is needed.\u003c\/strong\u003e Swag the rope from a ceiling hook above a small dining table to a wall outlet, keeping the bulb 30–36 inches above the tabletop. Hemp reads naturally against oak or butcher-block surfaces and against open shelving stacked with ceramics; a warm-white filament bulb at 40–60W equivalent gives the table enough light for a weeknight dinner without washing out the room. Hanging heights for tables of different sizes are set out in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBedroom or rented flat — a pendant that leaves no trace.\u003c\/strong\u003e Because the cord plugs in, the whole fixture can come down at the end of a tenancy and leave only two small screw holes behind. Hang it off-centre over a chair or beside the bed rather than in the middle of the ceiling, which is the arrangement that suits a single cord best, and pair it with a linen or paper shade to soften the output. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e section collects bedroom schemes built around a single hanging source.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCafe, bar, or studio — repeated drops over a counter.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 60W rating and the UL listing make this cord a practical choice for light-commercial use, where several drops over a bar or service counter need to match and to run for long hours. Space repeat cords at even intervals, or stagger them at two heights for a less regimented line, and keep the switches gathered near the outlets so staff are not hunting along the wall. Matching hardwired pendants and wall sconces for commercial schemes are listed in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e. Measure the run before ordering, then buy the bulb that suits the room once the cord is up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow hard is it to install, and what tools are needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation is a matter of screwing the included hooks or self-tapping screws into a ceiling joist, beam, or shelf bracket, then plugging the cord into a nearby outlet — the bulb simply screws into the E26\/E27 socket. A screwdriver or a drill is the only tool typically required, and the whole job takes about fifteen minutes. No hardwiring is involved and no electrician visit is necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat bulbs work with this cord, and does it dim?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAny E26 or E27 base bulb up to 60W fits the socket, including LED, filament-style LED, and incandescent. Bulbs are sold separately, so you choose the brightness and colour temperature. The cord has no dimming circuit; the inline control is an on\/off switch, so a dimmable bulb will not dim through this cord and an external dimmer is not recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much drop does a 15 ft cord give?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFifteen feet is enough to hang a pendant at a standard height from a 9 or 10 ft ceiling while still reaching an outlet some distance away, or to swag the cord across the ceiling when the outlet is not directly overhead. On an 8 ft ceiling, expect surplus length that can be taken up by routing the cord in a shallow curve to the hook. Plan the path from hook to outlet before screwing anything in, since the switch needs to fall where you can reach it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean the hemp rope cord?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnplug the cord and let the bulb cool first. Dust the rope with a dry cloth or a soft brush, working along the twist of the fibre; a slightly damp cloth is fine for a marked spot, but soaking the rope can loosen the twist and is best avoided. Keep the cord away from open flame and from direct contact with a high-heat bulb, as natural fibre is combustible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does delivery take, and how is it packed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3–5 business days, and standard delivery takes 7–15 business days with tracking provided. The coiled cord ships in protective foam-in-box packaging with the hooks and screws bagged separately so they do not scuff the rope in transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is covered by returns and the warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted within 30 days on unused items in original packaging. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module, which for this kit means the cord, the socket, and the inline switch. Bulbs are purchased separately and are not covered, so keep the packaging until the placement is settled.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500387164527,"sku":"B0DFZ3DPR5","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/616UHMUJbLL.jpg?v=1789876536"},{"product_id":"plug-in-pendant-light-cord-2-pack-hanging-light-kit-e26-e27","title":"Plug in Pendant Light Cord, 2 Pack Hanging Light Kit, E26 E27 Hanging Lamp Cord with","description":"\u003ch1\u003ePlug-In Pendant Light Cord Kit (2-Pack) — No Wiring, No Electrician\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA plug-in pendant light cord kit is the simplest route to a hanging light for renters, apartment dwellers, and anyone who would rather not cut into a ceiling or book an electrician. This two-pack supplies two 9.8 ft white cords with standard E26\/E27 sockets, each fitted with an on\/off toggle switch positioned 2 ft from the plug.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach cord takes the bulb and shade of your choosing, from a paper lantern over a reading chair to a bare filament bulb above a workbench. Because it draws power from a normal wall outlet, the light moves with you, and the included ceiling and cord hooks let the cable be routed along a wall or beam without permanent fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCord length 9.8 ft per cord; 2 ft from switch to plug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlame-retardant, heat-resistant insulated cord and socket, white finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × E26\/E27 bulb per cord (bulbs sold separately) — LED 4–6W, energy-saving 8–11W, incandescent 15–25W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified — determined by the bulb installed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot dimmable — on\/off toggle switch on cord, no dimming circuit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug-in, standard AC power plug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110–130V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn\/off toggle switch on cord, 2 ft from plug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Plug-In Pendant Light Cord Kit, 2-Pack \\u2014 9.8 ft White, E26\/E27 Socket\",\n  \"description\": \"A plug-in pendant light cord kit is the simplest route to a hanging light for renters, apartment dwellers, and anyone who would rather not cut into a ceiling or book an electrician. This two-pack supplies two 9.8 ft white cords with standard E26\/E27 sockets, each fitted with an on\/off toggle switch positioned 2 ft from the plug. Each cord takes the bulb and shade of your choosing, from a paper lantern over a reading chair to a bare filament bulb above a workbench. Because it draws power from a n\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B09BQ53YPP.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B09BQ53YPP\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/plug-in-pendant-light-cord\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"19.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  },\n  \"certification\": \"CE\"\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brief behind a cord kit is subtraction: remove the canopy, the junction box, and the installation visit, and keep only the parts that produce light. What remains is a socket, an insulated cord, and a switch placed at hand height rather than overhead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe jacket is flame-retardant and heat-resistant, rated for continuous use with bulbs up to 25W incandescent, which is the sensible ceiling for an open socket hanging in free air. Locating the switch 2 ft from the plug puts it where a hand naturally falls when the cord runs down a wall, avoiding the reach-to-the-ceiling routine that a hardwired pendant imposes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 9.8 ft length is the other considered choice. It drops a pendant to a working height from a 10 ft ceiling with slack to spare, yet stays short enough that surplus cable can be coiled at the hook instead of dangling. LIGHTEXP ships the kit with both ceiling hooks and cord hooks so the run follows the room rather than the reverse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReading corner — a pendant where no ceiling box exists.\u003c\/strong\u003e Hang one cord above an armchair in a corner the builder never wired, run the cable down the wall using the cord hooks, and plug into the nearest outlet. With a 4–6W warm-white LED bulb and a small paper or fabric shade, the light sits at roughly seated eye level, which is what makes the chair usable after dark. For drop heights and shade diameters in corners like this, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e cover the measurements that matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWorkbench or garage — task light that moves.\u003c\/strong\u003e Fit the second cord with a higher-output LED, up to the rated equivalent of 25W incandescent, and suspend it over a bench, potting table, or laundry folding counter. The cord can be shifted along a joist or shelf edge as projects change, something a hardwired fixture cannot do. The pairing is utilitarian by nature: bare bulb, metal shade, or reflector shade against a pegboard wall. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e section shows utility spaces where an exposed cord reads as part of the scheme.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCloset, basement, or plant shelf — the spaces builders skip.\u003c\/strong\u003e Many closets, stair landings, and basement corners were never given a fixture, and a plug-in cord solves them in minutes. Suspend one from a shelf bracket above a plant shelf with a grow bulb, or hang it in a walk-in closet where a single overhead bulb is all the illumination required. Both cords are white, so they recede against standard white ceilings and trim. If the project grows past one room, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e includes hardwired pendants and sconces built on the same low-fuss approach. Start with one cord over the spot that needs light most, then place the second wherever the room asks for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs any wiring or drilling required to hang these cords?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo wiring is involved — the cord ends in a standard AC plug that goes into any household outlet, and the bulb screws into the E26\/E27 socket by hand. The kit includes ceiling hooks and cord hooks, so installation is normally a hook turned into a joist or wall, occasionally with a screwdriver. Anyone comfortable hanging a framed picture can run both cords in about fifteen minutes, and no electrician visit is necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs fit, and can the cord be dimmed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAny standard E26 or E27 base bulb fits: LED from 4W to 6W, energy-saving or CFL from 8W to 11W, and incandescent from 15W to 25W depending on the bulb. Bulbs are sold separately, so brightness and colour temperature are entirely your decision. There is no dimming circuit in the cord — the switch is a simple on\/off toggle — so a dimmable bulb will not dim through this cord, and putting the outlet on a wall dimmer is not recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long is the cord, and what drop does that give?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach cord measures 9.8 ft from plug to socket, with the on\/off switch sitting 2 ft from the plug end. On an 8 ft ceiling that leaves ample slack to hang a pendant 30–36 inches above a table, counter, or chair; on a 10 ft ceiling the same cord still reaches a comfortable height. Where the run is longer than the space needs, the surplus can be coiled and tied at the ceiling hook rather than cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I clean and care for the cords?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnplug the cord and remove the bulb before cleaning. Wipe the cable jacket and socket with a dry or very lightly dampened cloth; the insulated jacket needs no treatment and should not be rubbed with solvents or abrasive pads. Check from time to time that the bulb is seated firmly, that the cable does not rest against a hot bulb or a sharp hook edge, and that it is not run under rugs or through doorways where it can be pinched.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does delivery take, and how is it packed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3–5 business days, and standard delivery takes 7–15 business days with tracking provided. Both cords are coiled and packed in protective foam-in-box packaging along with the hook hardware, so the set arrives without kinks or crushed sockets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the returns and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere are 30-day returns on unused items in original packaging. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module — here, the cord, the socket, and the switch assembly. Bulbs are purchased separately and fall outside the warranty, so keep the original box until you are settled on placement.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500387230063,"sku":"B09BQ53YPP","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/51rKgYh8K4L.jpg?v=1789876537"},{"product_id":"plug-in-pendant-light-15ft-hanging-lights-with-plug-in-cord","title":"Plug in Pendant Light, 15FT Hanging Lights with Plug in Cord","description":"\u003ch1\u003eBlack Metal Dome Plug-In Pendant Light with 15 ft Cord\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe black metal dome plug-in pendant light is an industrial hanging lamp for kitchens, cafés, basements, and bedrooms that need a light source without a ceiling box. A dome shade in solid metal with a baking-paint finish hangs from a 15 ft cord fitted with an on\/off switch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe UL listed E26 socket takes any standard incandescent or LED bulb up to 60W, purchased separately. Hanging anchors and hooks come in the box, the height is set by drawing the cord through the cable clamp, and the manufacturer puts installation at about five minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified; cord 15 ft, height set at the cable clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid metal dome shade with baking-paint finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × E26 bulb, 60W max — bulb sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDetermined by the bulb chosen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot dimmable — on\/off switch on the cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug-in (hooks and anchors included; no ceiling junction box required)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110–120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn\/off switch on the cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUL Listed (E26 socket)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Black Metal Dome Plug-In Pendant Light, 15 ft Cord\",\n  \"description\": \"The black metal dome plug-in pendant light is an industrial hanging lamp for kitchens, caf\\u00e9s, basements, and bedrooms that need a light source without a ceiling box. A dome shade in solid metal with a baking-paint finish hangs from a 15 ft cord fitted with an on\/off switch. The UL listed E26 socket takes any standard incandescent or LED bulb up to 60W, purchased separately. Hanging anchors and hooks come in the box, the height is set by drawing the cord through the cable clamp, and the manufactu\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0BVKMMPM4.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0BVKMMPM4\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/matte-black-dome-pendant\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"35.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  },\n  \"certification\": \"UL Listed (E26 socket)\"\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA dome shade distributes light differently from a cone or a flat drum. The curve sends most of the output down onto the surface beneath while the rim releases light outwards at a shallow angle, so the fixture lights a wider circle than its own diameter. That is the effect described as 360° coverage, and it is the reason a dome is specified over a table rather than over a passage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe baking-paint finish is worth noting because it is a process rather than a colour. The coating is cured under heat, which bonds it to the metal far harder than air-dried spray paint, and the result resists rust and does not fade in the way a cheaper painted shade does near a cooking area or a window. Solid metal also gives the shade enough weight to hang straight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLIGHTEXP keeps this model in the plug-in industrial group, where the specification is deliberately simple: a socket, a shade, a long cord, and the hardware to hang it. Height adjustment happens at the cable clamp, so the drop can be reset in seconds rather than cut to length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen — over a work table or a single run.\u003c\/strong\u003e One dome over a kitchen table or a prep run gives a defined pool of light without lighting the whole room, which is often what people want in the evening. Set the drop at 30–36 inches above the surface and clip the cord along the wall to the outlet. A warm LED keeps the black shade from reading harsh against white cabinetry. Heights for kitchen pendants are set out in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBasement or reading room — light where the ceiling is unfinished.\u003c\/strong\u003e In a basement, a garage conversion, or a workshop, an open joisted ceiling is exactly the situation a plug-in fixture was made for, since there is no box to connect to and nothing to patch afterwards. Hang it above a bench or a reading chair and let the dome throw its pool of light across the work surface. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e pages show industrial pendants in utility spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCafé, bar, or breakfast counter — a row on one cord line.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two or three domes spaced evenly along a counter give the repeated rhythm that industrial interiors depend on, and because the cord is 15 ft, the run can be routed to a single outlet at the end. Fit the same bulb type throughout so the colour matches across the row. For other areas of a venue or a home, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e carries matching black dome fixtures. Set the height once and leave it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow difficult is installation, and what tools are needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo hardwiring is needed: screw the two cable fixtures to the wall or ceiling, hang the shade, and plug into a standard outlet. A screwdriver or drill plus a step ladder covers it, and the manufacturer estimates about five minutes. Hooks and anchors are included, and the cord height is adjusted through the cable clamp rather than cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs fit, and is it dimmable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe UL listed E26 socket works with any standard E26 base incandescent or LED bulb up to 60W, and no bulb is included, so it is bought separately. Colour temperature and brightness therefore depend on your choice of bulb, which is worth settling before you hang the shade. The cord switch is on\/off only, so the fixture is not dimmable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it suit the space I have in mind?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer does not publish shade dimensions for this model, so check the product images against your room. The 15 ft cord covers low and high ceilings including basement and loft heights. As a guide, hang the dome 30–36 inches above a table or counter, and keep at least 6 ft 6 in of clearance below it anywhere people walk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I clean the metal shade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnplug the lamp and let the bulb cool, then wipe the shade with a dry or slightly damp microfibre cloth and dry it afterwards. Do not spray cleaner onto the fixture, because liquid can reach the socket. Avoid solvents and abrasive pads on the baking-paint finish, and dust the cord occasionally if it runs near a hob.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does delivery take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3–5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7–15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the returns and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted within 30 days on unused items in original packaging. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module. The E26 socket is UL listed, and the hooks and anchors are worth keeping until the final position is decided.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500387262831,"sku":"B0BVKMMPM4","price":35.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/61qtUCWOshL.jpg?v=1789876538"},{"product_id":"qiyizm-glass-plug-in-pendant-light-hanging-lights-with-plug","title":"QIYIZM Glass Plug in Pendant Light Hanging Lights with Plug in Cord Milk White Hanging","description":"\u003ch1\u003eMilk White Glass Plug-In Pendant Light with Dimmable Bulb, Gold Finish\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe milk white glass plug-in pendant light is a hanging fixture for bedrooms, nurseries, and breakfast corners where the light should be soft before it is bright. A milk white glass shade sits in gold-finish metalwork, and a dimmable 6W Edison bulb at 2700K is included in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rotary switch on the cord runs continuously from 1% to 99%, so the same lamp works as a night light at one end and a reading light at the other. It plugs into a standard outlet and hangs from a hook, which means no ceiling box, no new wiring, and no electrician.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilk white glass shade with gold-finish metal hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne dimmable Edison bulb, 6W, 2700K — bulb included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2700K (warm white)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimmable, 1%–99% via in-line rotary switch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug-in (hangs from a ceiling hook; no ceiling junction box required)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110–120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIn-line rotary dimmer switch on the cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilk white glass with gold finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Milk White Glass Plug-In Pendant Light with Dimmable Edison Bulb, Gold\",\n  \"description\": \"The milk white glass plug-in pendant light is a hanging fixture for bedrooms, nurseries, and breakfast corners where the light should be soft before it is bright. A milk white glass shade sits in gold-finish metalwork, and a dimmable 6W Edison bulb at 2700K is included in the box. The rotary switch on the cord runs continuously from 1% to 99%, so the same lamp works as a night light at one end and a reading light at the other. It plugs into a standard outlet and hangs from a hook, which means no\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0G6DNLH4S.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0G6DNLH4S\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/milk-glass-plug-in-pendant\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"83.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilk glass is chosen when the bulb should not be visible. Clear glass makes the filament part of the design; an opal white shade turns the whole surface into the source, which removes the hot spot you get when looking towards a bare filament and spreads a lower-contrast light across the room. That is why this finish is used in bedrooms and nurseries rather than over a kitchen worktop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe included bulb is rated at 6W, which is deliberate. With an opal shade absorbing some output, a high-wattage lamp would either waste light or glare, and a modest 2700K source is enough once the shade is doing the diffusing. Pairing it with a rotary dimmer on the cord rather than at the wall keeps the whole fixture self-contained: nothing beyond the outlet is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLIGHTEXP keeps this pendant in the plug-in decorative group, where the point is a fitting that can be hung in an afternoon and taken with you when you move. Gold hardware warms the white shade and keeps it from reading clinical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBedroom or nursery — low light that stays low.\u003c\/strong\u003e Hang the shade to one side of the bed or above a changing table and run the cord to the nearest outlet, keeping the switch within reach from a chair. The 1% end of the dial is genuinely dim, which is what makes it usable overnight without waking anyone, and 2700K reads warm against cotton and pale timber. Pair with a cane or painted bedside table so the gold hardware is repeated. Night-time lighting levels are discussed in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen island or breakfast bar — a soft counterpoint.\u003c\/strong\u003e In a kitchen that already has bright recessed lighting, one milk white pendant at the seating end gives the room a warmer register and somewhere for the eye to rest. Hang it 30–34 inches above the counter where nobody sits directly beneath it, since the shade is meant to be seen rather than worked under. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e pages show kitchens mixing opal pendants with downlights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLiving room or occasion — one lamp, several uses.\u003c\/strong\u003e Used over a side table beside a sofa, the pendant fills the corner that a floor lamp usually occupies and frees the floor space, which matters in a small living room. It also travels well: because it plugs in and hangs from a hook, it can serve as temporary lighting for a wedding breakfast or a themed party and go back afterwards. For other rooms, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e carries coordinating gold-finish pieces. Hang it, then spend a minute on the dial.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow hard is installation, and what tools are needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lamp hangs from a ceiling hook and plugs into a standard outlet, so no electrician or ceiling box is involved. Fixing the hook needs a screwdriver or drill and something to stand on, and the whole job takes about fifteen minutes. The cord length is set by routing and coiling rather than cutting, so the height can be changed later.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a bulb included, and how does dimming work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne dimmable Edison bulb rated 6W at 2700K is included, so the lamp is usable as soon as it is hung. Brightness is controlled by the rotary switch on the cord, which runs continuously from 1% to 99%, and no wall dimmer is used or required. If the bulb is ever replaced, choose a dimmable one of the same base and no more than 6W.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I check it will fit my space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer does not publish shade dimensions for this model, so compare against the product images before ordering. As a working guide, hang a pendant 30–34 inches above a counter, 28–32 inches above a small table, or roughly 24 inches beside a reading chair. Because the fixture plugs in, the position can be adjusted after you have lived with it for a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I clean the glass shade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnplug the lamp and let the bulb cool, then wipe the shade with a dry microfibre cloth or one lightly dampened with water and dry it afterwards. Do not spray cleaner onto the fixture, since liquid can reach the socket and the switch. Avoid solvents and abrasive pads on the glass and on the gold-finish hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does delivery take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3–5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7–15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the returns and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted within 30 days on unused items in original packaging. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module. Keep the box until you have decided the lamp is staying, since the glass shade needs its original packing to travel back safely.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500387328367,"sku":"B0G6DNLH4S","price":83.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/61EWs5tgVqL.jpg?v=1789876540"},{"product_id":"industrial-mini-pendant-light-kit-ul-e26-lamp-socket-white","title":"Industrial Mini Pendant Light Kit, UL E26 Lamp Socket, White","description":"\u003ch1\u003eIndustrial Mini Pendant Light Kit with UL Listed E26 Socket, White\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe industrial mini pendant light kit is a cord-and-socket set for anyone assembling their own hanging lamp rather than buying a finished fixture. It pairs a UL listed E26 socket and cord with a 4.72-inch metal canopy, and leaves the shade to you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cord adjusts to 39 inches and is locked off with a set screw, so the drop can be changed without cutting. The socket accepts any E26 bulb up to 60W (sold separately), including Edison, incandescent, CFL, and LED types, and the copper conductors inside are wrapped in double-layer leather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCanopy 4.72\" Dia × 0.77\" thick; cord adjustable to 39\"; suits shades with a 1.46\"–1.5\" opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal canopy and E26 socket; copper conductors wrapped in double-layer leather\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × E26 bulb, 60W max — bulb sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDetermined by the bulb chosen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified; no dimmer included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardwired (ceiling junction box required)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110–220V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall switch (not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUL Listed socket and cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Industrial Mini Pendant Light Kit, UL E26 Socket, White\",\n  \"description\": \"The industrial mini pendant light kit is a cord-and-socket set for anyone assembling their own hanging lamp rather than buying a finished fixture. It pairs a UL listed E26 socket and cord with a 4.72-inch metal canopy, and leaves the shade to you. The cord adjusts to 39 inches and is locked off with a set screw, so the drop can be changed without cutting. The socket accepts any E26 bulb up to 60W (sold separately), including Edison, incandescent, CFL, and LED types, and the copper conductors ins\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B09YS2RXCZ.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B09YS2RXCZ\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/mini-pendant-light-kit\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"26.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  },\n  \"certification\": \"UL Listed socket and cord\"\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pendant kit separates the electrical parts from the decorative one, which is the point of the format. The socket, cord, and canopy are the components that carry certification and that nobody should improvise; the shade is the part that can be whatever the room needs. That split also means one kit can be re-shaded years later without touching the wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe details that matter here are inside the cord. Copper conductors are used rather than copper-clad aluminium because conductivity and heat behaviour at the socket are what determine how long a lampholder lasts, and the double-layer leather jacket protects the run while giving the kit its vintage character. Cord length is set by a set screw at the canopy rather than by trimming, so a fixture can be shortened for one room and lengthened for the next.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLIGHTEXP stocks kits alongside finished pendants for the same reason a hardware shop stocks both: some rooms need a complete fixture, and some need a socket and a shade someone already owns. The socket opening measures about 1.46 to 1.5 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen — a bare bulb over the sink.\u003c\/strong\u003e Fitted with a warm Edison-style bulb and no shade at all, the kit gives a kitchen corner the exposed-filament look that suits open shelving and a butler sink. Set the drop so the bulb sits above eye level from standing height, and keep the cord taut so the fixture does not swing when a cupboard door closes. Pair with black or aged brass hardware so the socket finish has company. Heights for single-bulb pendants are covered in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHallway or stairwell — a repeated rhythm.\u003c\/strong\u003e Kits are at their most useful where several fixtures are needed and the cost of finished pendants adds up quickly. Fit the same bulb type in each, vary the shades between metal and glass for a deliberate mismatch, and stagger the cord lengths down a stairwell so the drop follows the slope. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e pages show hallway runs built this way.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCovered porch or bar — a shade you already own.\u003c\/strong\u003e Because the socket takes shades with a 1.46 to 1.5 inch opening, an existing glass or enamel shade can be reused on a new cord, which is often the reason people buy a kit in the first place. In a covered porch or above a home bar, a shaded bulb gives a warmer result than an exposed one. If you are fitting out other rooms, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e includes finished pendants that use the same socket. Choose the bulb before you set the final cord length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow difficult is installation, and what tools are needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe canopy mounts to an existing ceiling junction box, so a screwdriver, wire strippers, and a step ladder cover the job, and no drilling into the ceiling is required. An electrician is advisable if you are not used to mains wiring. Cord length is set by drawing the wire through the canopy and locking it with the set screw, so it is never cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs fit, and is it dimmable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAny E26 base bulb up to 60W can be used, including Edison filament, incandescent, CFL, and LED, and no bulb is included with the kit. Because there is no shade supplied, the bulb is the visible element, so choose it deliberately. No dimming specification is published for the kit and no dimmer is included, so plan on a wall switch unless your bulb has its own control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my ceiling and my shade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe canopy is 4.72 inches in diameter and 0.77 inches thick, which covers a standard ceiling box, and the cord adjusts to a maximum of 39 inches. The socket opening measures roughly 1.46 to 1.5 inches, so check that figure against any shade you intend to reuse. A 39-inch cord suits standard 8 ft ceilings at a conventional pendant drop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I clean and maintain the kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch off at the wall and let the bulb cool before dusting the canopy and socket with a dry cloth. Wipe the leather-wrapped cord with a dry cloth only, since water and solvents can mark or stiffen the jacket. Do not use abrasive pads on the canopy finish, and check the set screw is snug if the fixture is ever moved.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does delivery take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3–5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7–15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the returns and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted within 30 days on unused items in original packaging. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module. Both the socket and the cord are UL listed, which is the part worth checking when comparing pendant kits.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500387393903,"sku":"B09YS2RXCZ","price":26.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/51k-ZzY4IpL.jpg?v=1789876541"},{"product_id":"plug-in-pendant-light-2-tier-drum-linen-pendant-lights-with","title":"Plug in Pendant Light, 2-Tier Drum Linen Pendant Lights with 15.7FT Handmade Woven Light","description":"\u003ch1\u003eTwo-Tier Linen Drum Plug-In Pendant Light with Three E26 Sockets\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two-tier linen drum plug-in pendant light is a chandelier-scale hanging fixture for bedrooms, living rooms, and dining corners that have no ceiling outlet. Linen fabric is wrapped over a double-layer drum measuring 17.72 inches across and 9.06 inches high, so the shade reads as two bands rather than one solid mass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree E26 sockets inside give it enough output to light a room rather than a corner, and bulbs are sold separately at 40W maximum each. The 15.7 ft cord carries an on\/off switch 3.74 ft from the plug, and two swag hooks are included for routing it along a wall or ceiling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShade 17.72\" Dia × 9.06\" H; cord 15.7 ft total (switch 3.74 ft from plug)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo-tier linen fabric drum shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 × E26 bulbs, 40W max each — bulbs sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDetermined by the bulbs chosen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimmable when fitted with dimmable bulbs; dimmer not included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug-in (two swag hooks included; no ceiling junction box required)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110–120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn\/off switch on the cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural linen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Two-Tier Linen Drum Plug-In Pendant Light, 17.7\\\" Wide\",\n  \"description\": \"The two-tier linen drum plug-in pendant light is a chandelier-scale hanging fixture for bedrooms, living rooms, and dining corners that have no ceiling outlet. Linen fabric is wrapped over a double-layer drum measuring 17.72 inches across and 9.06 inches high, so the shade reads as two bands rather than one solid mass. Three E26 sockets inside give it enough output to light a room rather than a corner, and bulbs are sold separately at 40W maximum each. The 15.7 ft cord carries an on\/off switch 3\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0FQBPLX68.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0FQBPLX68\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/plug-in-drum-pendant-light\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"159.00\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA two-tier drum is a way of getting depth out of a fabric shade. A single cylinder shows one flat glowing surface; stacking a narrower band over a wider one lets each tier catch light differently, and the seam between them reads as a shadow line that gives the fixture shape. Most of the output still travels downwards and out at an angle, which is what produces usable light below rather than a glow on the ceiling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLinen is the right fabric for a three-bulb shade because diffusion matters more here than in a single-socket lamp. With three sources inside one enclosure, a thin or synthetic lining would show three bright patches; linen's weave scatters enough that the drum surfaces as one even field. It also holds its shape at 17.72 inches, where a lighter fabric would sag at the seam.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLIGHTEXP lists this among its plug-in chandeliers, which are specified for rooms where the ceiling box is in the wrong place or absent. The two swag hooks are the reason it can be positioned anywhere along a wall run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBedroom — an overhead light without the ceiling box.\u003c\/strong\u003e In a bedroom where the only outlet point sits above the door, a plug-in drum hung centrally over the bed gives the room proper ambient light without any wiring work. Use the two hooks to run the cord across the ceiling to the wall, keeping it flat and out of sight. Fit warm bulbs around 2700K and the linen throws a soft, low-contrast light that suits a room you use at both ends of the day. Bedroom hanging heights are covered in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLiving room — over the seating group.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 17.72 inches wide, the shade is large enough to sit above a sofa and two armchairs as the room's main source, and the two-tier form gives it enough presence to be seen from the doorway. Run the cord down the corner of the wall rather than across the open ceiling, and position the switch where someone seated can reach it. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e pages show living rooms built around fabric drum pendants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDining corner or guest room — light that can be moved.\u003c\/strong\u003e Over a round table seating four, hang the drum 28–32 inches above the surface, where the two tiers are at eye level for anyone seated and the linen is appreciated up close. In a guest room it does the same job at a lower drop, and because nothing is fixed to the structure, it can be taken down when the room is used differently. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e includes coordinating linen pieces. Fit all three bulbs before setting the final height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow difficult is installation, and what tools are needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation is a plug-in job: fix the two swag hooks to the wall or ceiling, route the cord, fit the bulbs, and plug into a standard outlet. A screwdriver or drill for the hooks and a step ladder are all that is needed, and the manufacturer states it is manageable without electrical experience. The 15.7 ft cord is adjusted by routing rather than cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs does it use, and can it be dimmed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree E26 base bulbs are required and none are included, so they are bought separately in LED, CFL, incandescent, or halogen. The specification lists 40W maximum per socket, and the maker's FAQ additionally cites 10W for LED bulbs and 45W for incandescent, so follow the figure that matches your bulb type. Dimmable bulbs can be used, but no dimmer is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the size suit my room?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shade is 17.72 inches in diameter and 9.06 inches high, a size that works over a sofa group, a four-seat table, or as a bedroom's main light, rather than over a long dining table. The 15.7 ft cord covers standard and vaulted ceilings, with the switch sitting 3.74 ft from the plug. Hang 28–32 inches above a table and leave at least 6 ft 6 in clearance in a walkway.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I clean the linen shade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnplug the fixture and let the bulbs cool, then dust the fabric with a soft brush, a lint roller, or a vacuum on low suction. For a mark, blot with a barely damp cloth and let it dry before switching on, since wet linen can pull away from the frame. Keep solvents and abrasive pads off the fabric, and dust the cord if it runs near a kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does delivery take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3–5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7–15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the returns and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted within 30 days on unused items in original packaging. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module. Keep both swag hooks and the carton until the fixture is in place, since a return needs the original packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500387426671,"sku":"B0FQBPLX68","price":159.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/61VrIuss13L.jpg?v=1789876542"},{"product_id":"maliralt-hanging-lamps-rattan-pendant-light-hanging-lights-1","title":"Maliralt Hanging Lamps Rattan Pendant Light Hanging Lights 16.4ft Plug in Cord Pendant","description":"\u003ch1\u003eHand-Woven Rattan Plug-In Pendant Light with 16.4 ft Cord\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hand-woven rattan plug-in pendant light is a basket-form hanging lamp for reading nooks, breakfast corners, and bedrooms that want texture as much as illumination. Each shade is woven from natural rattan over a metal frame, and the open weave projects a patterned wash across the ceiling and walls once the bulb is on.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 16.4 ft cord carries an on\/off switch set 3.18 ft from the plug, so the lamp is switched where you reach it rather than at the outlet. One E26 bulb of 60W or less is needed and is not included, which leaves brightness and colour temperature to you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShade 7.88\" × 7.3\"; cord 16.4 ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand-woven natural rattan with metal frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × E26 bulb, 60W max — bulb sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDetermined by the bulb chosen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot dimmable — on\/off switch on the cord, 3.18 ft from the plug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug-in (hangs from a ceiling hook; no ceiling junction box required)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110–120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn\/off switch on the cord, 3.18 ft from the plug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural rattan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Rattan Plug-In Pendant Light, Hand-Woven Basket Shade, 16.4 ft Cord\",\n  \"description\": \"The hand-woven rattan plug-in pendant light is a basket-form hanging lamp for reading nooks, breakfast corners, and bedrooms that want texture as much as illumination. Each shade is woven from natural rattan over a metal frame, and the open weave projects a patterned wash across the ceiling and walls once the bulb is on. The 16.4 ft cord carries an on\/off switch set 3.18 ft from the plug, so the lamp is switched where you reach it rather than at the outlet. One E26 bulb of 60W or less is needed \",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0CQT7LQLZ.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0CQT7LQLZ\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/rattan-plug-in-pendant-light\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"55.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hollow weave is the whole idea. A solid basket would contain the bulb and do nothing with the light, while an open rattan weave lets output escape in every direction and prints the pattern of its own construction onto the surfaces around it. That is what makes the fixture read as decor during the day and as a light source at night, which is a hard combination to achieve with an opaque shade.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo measurements are worth noting because they solve real annoyances. The 16.4 ft cord is long enough to hang the shade in the middle of a room and still reach a wall outlet, and the switch sits 3.18 ft up from the plug, which puts it at hand height rather than on the floor behind furniture. Neither detail is decorative; both are about where people actually stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLIGHTEXP keeps this model in the plug-in natural-material group, where the appeal is a fitting that arrives assembled apart from the shade and moves between rooms without a trace. Hand weaving means no two shades are identical in tone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReading nook — one chair, one light.\u003c\/strong\u003e Hang the basket about 24 inches above and slightly to the side of the chair, so the light falls over your shoulder rather than into the page. A warm bulb near 2700K suits an evening hour with a book; the weave softens the output enough that there is no hard edge on the paper. Pair with a low timber side table and a wool throw, since the rattan already supplies plenty of texture. Nook lighting heights are covered in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBreakfast corner — over a small round table.\u003c\/strong\u003e A 7.88-inch shade is the right scale for a two-person table, where a larger fitting would crowd the space and block sightlines across the room. Set the drop at 28–32 inches above the surface and let the cord run along the ceiling to the outlet, keeping it clipped flat. Rattan sits well against whitewashed walls and pale timber, and the pattern it throws makes a plain corner more interesting. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e pages show corners furnished this way.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBedroom or glazed sunroom — low, warm light.\u003c\/strong\u003e Beside a bed or above a daybed, this fixture works best hung low and used at reduced wattage, where the weave glows rather than beams. In a glazed sunroom it reads as garden furniture brought indoors, which is a look that suits cane chairs and terracotta pots. Because it plugs in, the same lamp can move to a child's room or a guest room without any new hardware. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e carries other rattan pieces. Height is easier to judge once the bulb is in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow difficult is installation, and what tools are needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere is no wiring to do: the base, shade, and bulb tighten together by hand, the fixture hangs on a ceiling hook, and the plug goes into a standard outlet. A screwdriver or drill for the hook and a step ladder are the only tools, and the job takes minutes. The 16.4 ft cord is coiled or drawn through as needed to set the height, so it is never cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs fit, and does it dim?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne standard medium E26 base bulb of 60W or less is required, and it is not included, so it is chosen and bought separately. Any common type can be used, and the bulb decides both the brightness and the colour of the light. Switching is on\/off via the switch on the cord, so the fixture is not dimmable and no dimmer is supplied with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the size work where I want it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shade measures 7.88 by 7.3 inches, which is a compact basket suited to a single chair, a small table, or a bedside position rather than a long dining table. The 16.4 ft cord covers standard and vaulted ceilings with room to spare. Hang roughly 28–32 inches above a table, or about 24 inches beside a chair, and adjust from there.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I care for the rattan shade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnplug the lamp and let the bulb cool, then dust the weave with a soft brush or a vacuum on low suction, which gets between the strands better than a cloth. If a mark needs attention, blot it with a barely damp cloth and dry it straight away, since rattan is a natural fibre that swells with water. Keep the shade away from direct heat and avoid solvents.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does delivery take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3–5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7–15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the returns and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted within 30 days on unused items in original packaging. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module. Variation in weave tightness and tone is normal in hand-woven rattan and is not treated as a fault.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500387459439,"sku":"B0CQT7LQLZ","price":55.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/81nJai6NxfL.jpg?v=1789876544"},{"product_id":"plug-in-pendant-light-hanging-lights-with-plug-in-cord","title":"Plug in Pendant Light, Hanging Lights with Plug in Cord","description":"\u003ch1\u003eGreen Glass Plug-In Pendant Light with Gold Metal Socket\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe green glass plug-in pendant light is a single hanging lamp for kitchens, bedrooms, and dining corners where a note of colour is wanted but new wiring is not. A green glass shade is paired with a gold-finish metal E26 socket, and the fixture hangs from the hooks supplied with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHeight is set by feeding the cord through the cable clamp until the shade sits where you want it, and that can be readjusted later without cutting anything. One E26 bulb is required and is sold separately, so brightness and colour temperature are chosen by you rather than fixed by the fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified; hanging height adjusted at the cable clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen glass shade with gold-finish metal socket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × E26 bulb — bulb sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDetermined by the bulb chosen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug-in (hangs from the supplied hooks; no ceiling junction box required)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110–120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen glass with gold hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Green Glass Plug-In Pendant Light with Gold E26 Socket\",\n  \"description\": \"The green glass plug-in pendant light is a single hanging lamp for kitchens, bedrooms, and dining corners where a note of colour is wanted but new wiring is not. A green glass shade is paired with a gold-finish metal E26 socket, and the fixture hangs from the hooks supplied with it. Height is set by feeding the cord through the cable clamp until the shade sits where you want it, and that can be readjusted later without cutting anything. One E26 bulb is required and is sold separately, so brightn\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0F4XZ1XYG.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0F4XZ1XYG\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/green-glass-pendant-industrial\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"61.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA coloured glass shade has to work twice: once in daylight, when the room sees it as an object, and once after dark, when it is only a light source. Green glass holds its colour in both states, which is why it is used here instead of a painted or coated shade, where the tint flattens or disappears entirely once the bulb is on.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe gold-finish socket is left visible rather than hidden inside the shade. On a compact pendant the hardware is at eye level, so a plated steel fitting would cheapen the whole assembly; a warm metal also sets off green, which is a cool colour and benefits from something warm beside it. The shade is proportioned to throw light downwards and outwards in even measure, so the glow lands on the wall as well as the surface beneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLIGHTEXP includes this model in its plug-in coloured-glass group, where the intent is a fitting that can be moved between rooms as a scheme changes. The cable clamp is the mechanism that makes that practical, since the drop is reset in seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen — above the sink or a small prep run.\u003c\/strong\u003e A single coloured pendant over the sink gives a kitchen one deliberate focal point without committing to a full run of island lights. Hang it so the shade sits just above eye level from standing height, and run the cord along the cabinet line to the nearest outlet. Green glass works against white subway tile and pale timber, and picks up brass or gold tapware if the room already has it. Heights for kitchen pendants are covered in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBedroom — replacing the bedside table lamp.\u003c\/strong\u003e Hung to one side of the bed, a plug-in pendant clears the nightstand completely, which matters in a small room where the surface is already carrying a book and a glass. Fit a warm bulb around 2700K and the green glass reads deeper at low output, closer to a bedside glow than a reading light. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e pages show pendant-instead-of-lamp layouts in bedrooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReading corner or breakfast nook — one coloured note.\u003c\/strong\u003e In a room that is otherwise neutral, green glass gives the eye somewhere to land without introducing a second material or pattern. Hang it over a small round table at 28–32 inches above the surface, with a timber or cane chair beneath so the palette stays natural. Because the whole fixture plugs in and hangs from a hook, the position can be changed after a week if the corner does not work. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e lists other coloured-glass options. Try it at two heights before settling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow difficult is installation, and what tools are needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation is a plug-in job with no ceiling box and no electrician: tighten the socket and shade together, hang the fixture on the hooks provided, and plug into a standard outlet. A screwdriver or drill for the hooks and a step ladder are the only tools involved. Hanging height is set by drawing the cord through the cable clamp, so nothing is cut and the drop can be changed later.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulb does it take, and can it be dimmed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fixture uses one E26 base bulb, which is not included and is purchased separately in the type and output you prefer. Bulb choice sets both brightness and colour temperature, since the glass tints rather than fixes them. No dimming specification is published for this model, so it is best treated as a switched lamp; if you need variable output, choose a bulb with its own control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know it will suit my space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer does not publish shade dimensions for this model, so check the product images against your room before ordering. As a working guide, a single compact pendant suits one task zone, a bedside position, or a table seating two. Drop heights of 28–32 inches above a table and roughly 24 inches beside a chair are the usual starting points.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I clean the glass shade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnplug the lamp and let the bulb cool before wiping the glass with a soft cloth, dampened with water if needed, then dry it. Do not spray cleaner onto the fixture, since liquid can reach the socket. Avoid abrasive pads and solvents on both the glass and the gold-finish socket, and check the hooks and clamp occasionally if the fixture is moved often.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does delivery take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3–5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7–15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the returns and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted within 30 days on unused items in original packaging. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module. Hold on to the box and hooks until the fixture is in its final position, since both are needed for a return.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500387492207,"sku":"B0F4XZ1XYG","price":61.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/71NcuCanPfL.jpg?v=1789876545"},{"product_id":"black-plug-in-pendant-light-industrial-hanging-light-with-pl","title":"Black Plug in Pendant Light, Industrial Hanging Light with Plug in Cord","description":"\u003ch1\u003eBlack Industrial Plug-In Pendant Light with 13 ft Copper Cord\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe black industrial plug-in pendant light is a metal-shade hanging lamp for hallways, kitchen corners, and loft rooms that need a light source without a ceiling box. The shade measures 10.83 inches across by 5.12 inches high and hangs from a 13 ft adjustable cord wired in copper.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe E26 socket is UL listed and takes any E26 bulb up to 60W, with the bulb bought separately. Switching is an on\/off control on the cord, and installation amounts to fitting the shade to the socket ring, screwing in a bulb, and hanging the fixture from a hook.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.83\" Dia × 5.12\" H; cord 13 ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal shade with copper-wire cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × E26 bulb, 60W max — bulb sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDetermined by the bulb chosen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot dimmable — on\/off switch on the cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug-in (hangs from a ceiling hook; no ceiling junction box required)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110–120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn\/off switch on the cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUL Listed (E26 socket)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack (also offered in white, and in a smaller size)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Black Industrial Plug-In Pendant Light, 13 ft Copper Cord\",\n  \"description\": \"The black industrial plug-in pendant light is a metal-shade hanging lamp for hallways, kitchen corners, and loft rooms that need a light source without a ceiling box. The shade measures 10.83 inches across by 5.12 inches high and hangs from a 13 ft adjustable cord wired in copper. The E26 socket is UL listed and takes any E26 bulb up to 60W, with the bulb bought separately. Switching is an on\/off control on the cord, and installation amounts to fitting the shade to the socket ring, screwing in a\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0CPYN3KNJ.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0CPYN3KNJ\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/black-industrial-plug-in-pendant\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"39.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  },\n  \"certification\": \"UL Listed (E26 socket)\"\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn opaque metal shade does the opposite of a glass or fabric one: it directs everything downwards. That is the point in an industrial fixture, where the lamp is meant to put light on a specific surface, a counter, a table, a stretch of hallway floor, and leave the ceiling above it dark. The shallow 5.12-inch height keeps the profile close to the ceiling line so the shade reads as a shape rather than a bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 13 ft cord is unusually long for a plug-in lamp, and the length is deliberate. It allows the hook to sit in the middle of a room while the cord still reaches a wall outlet, and it can be shortened by coiling at the hook rather than cutting, so the fixture can be reused at a different height later. Copper conductors are used for the run, which carries the load comfortably over that distance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn the LIGHTEXP catalogue this belongs to the plug-in industrial group: the same shade is offered in white and in a smaller diameter, so a hallway and a kitchen can be matched without committing to hardwired fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen corner — over the sink or a prep run.\u003c\/strong\u003e Where a kitchen has no ceiling outlet above the sink, a plug-in pendant hung 30–36 inches above the work surface solves it without opening the ceiling. Fit a neutral white LED so washing and chopping are done in true-color light, and keep the cord clipped flat against the wall on its way to the outlet. Pair with open shelving and black hardware so the finish appears more than once. Heights for work-surface pendants are set out in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHallway or entryway — light along a route.\u003c\/strong\u003e A hallway is where an opaque metal shade works best, because the light is thrown onto the floor and the door faces rather than into the eyes of anyone walking beneath it. Space fixtures every six to eight feet along a long corridor on a single outlet run, or use one at the front door to make the entrance legible from the street. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e pages show industrial pendants in narrow rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHome bar or café corner — a row at one height.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two or three of these hung in a line over a bar counter or a café table give the regular rhythm that industrial lighting relies on, and the long cord makes it easy to keep them level across an uneven ceiling. Because each fixture plugs in, the row can be rearranged without an electrician. If you are fitting out the rest of the space, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e carries matching black industrial pieces. Pick your bulbs before the shades go on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow hard is installation, and what tools are needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo electrician or ceiling box is required: the shade fits to the socket ring, the bulb screws in, and the cord hangs from a ceiling hook and plugs into a standard outlet. A screwdriver or drill for the hook plus a step ladder covers the work, and the whole job takes around fifteen minutes. The 13 ft cord is coiled at the hook to set the height rather than cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs are compatible, and does it dim?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe UL listed E26 socket accepts any E26 base bulb up to 60W, and no bulb is included, so one is purchased separately. LED, CFL, incandescent, and halogen types all fit, and bulb choice sets both brightness and colour temperature. The cord switch is on\/off only, so the fixture is not dimmable and no dimmer is included or recommended for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I check it will fit my space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shade is 10.83 inches in diameter and 5.12 inches high, a compact size that suits a single task area, a narrow hallway, or a small table rather than a large dining surface. The 13 ft cord covers most ceiling heights including vaulted ones. As a working guide, hang 30–36 inches above a counter and keep at least 6 ft 6 in of clearance beneath it in a walkway.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I clean the metal shade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch off at the socket switch and unplug the lamp, then let the bulb cool before wiping the shade with a dry or slightly damp microfibre cloth. Do not spray cleaner onto the fixture, since liquid can reach the socket and the copper conductors. Avoid abrasive pads and solvents on the painted surface, and dust the cord occasionally if it runs near a cooking area.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does delivery take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3–5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7–15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the returns and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted within 30 days on unused items in original packaging. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module. The E26 socket is UL listed, and the same shade is available in white and in a smaller size if the proportions need adjusting.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500387557743,"sku":"B0CPYN3KNJ","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/51QAuEDDZcL.jpg?v=1789876546"},{"product_id":"patikil-plug-in-pendant-light-15ft-rope-cord-hanging-lamp-fi","title":"PATIKIL Plug in Pendant Light, 15Ft Rope Cord Hanging Lamp Fixture with ON\/Off Switch","description":"\u003ch1\u003ePlug-In Linen Fabric Pendant Light with 15 ft Cord and On\/Off Switch\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe plug-in linen pendant light is a hanging lamp for rooms where running new wiring would cost more than the light itself. A natural linen drum shade, 11.81 inches across and 7.87 inches high, hangs from a 15 ft clear cord fitted with an on\/off switch, and the whole fixture plugs into a standard outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe socket accepts E26 or E27 bulbs in LED, CFL, incandescent, or halogen, which means output and colour temperature are set by the bulb you choose rather than by the fixture. The shade ships rolled to protect it in transit and unrolls onto its frame during assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShade 11.81\" Dia × 7.87\" H (30 × 20 cm); cord 15 ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural linen fabric shade with clear cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × E26\/E27 bulb (LED, CFL, incandescent, or halogen) — bulb sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDetermined by the bulb chosen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot dimmable — on\/off switch on the cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug-in (hangs from a ceiling hook; no ceiling junction box required)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110–120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn\/off switch on the cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural linen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Plug-In Linen Drum Pendant Light, 15 ft Cord \\u2014 Natural Fabric Shade\",\n  \"description\": \"The plug-in linen pendant light is a hanging lamp for rooms where running new wiring would cost more than the light itself. A natural linen drum shade, 11.81 inches across and 7.87 inches high, hangs from a 15 ft clear cord fitted with an on\/off switch, and the whole fixture plugs into a standard outlet. The socket accepts E26 or E27 bulbs in LED, CFL, incandescent, or halogen, which means output and colour temperature are set by the bulb you choose rather than by the fixture. The shade ships ro\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0CQJFW5Y4.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0CQJFW5Y4\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/plug-in-linen-pendant-light\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"39.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLinen is used here because of how it behaves when lit, not only how it looks unlit. The weave transmits light while scattering it, so the shade glows along its whole surface instead of showing a bright bulb outline through the fabric. That softness is what makes a fabric drum the usual choice where the lamp will be seen at eye level from a chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 15 ft clear cord is the other deliberate detail. A long run gives you the freedom to hang the shade in the middle of a room and still reach an outlet along the wall, which a shorter cord would rule out, and the clear jacket keeps the line visually quiet against a painted ceiling. Putting the on\/off switch on the cord rather than relying on the outlet means the lamp can be switched off where you reach it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLIGHTEXP places this model in the plug-in group, aimed at rentals, studies, and spare rooms where a permanent fitting is not wanted. Assembly is limited to the shade frame and a ceiling hook.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStudy or reading corner — light where there is no socket above.\u003c\/strong\u003e Hang the shade roughly 24 to 28 inches above a desk or a reading chair and run the cord along the ceiling to the nearest outlet, using the switch at seated height. Fit a warm LED near 2700K if the room is used in the evening and a neutral one around 4000K if it is a working desk. A linen drum spreads light wide enough to cover a laptop and a notebook without a hotspot. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e cover drop heights for task corners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBedroom — replacing a bedside lamp.\u003c\/strong\u003e In a room with no switched overhead light, one plug-in pendant on either side of the bed frees the nightstand surface entirely, which is usually the point. Set the drop so the shade sits just above standing head height near the bed edge, and keep the cord clear of the walkway with clips. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e pages show bedrooms lit this way.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental living room or dining nook — light you can take with you.\u003c\/strong\u003e Because nothing is fixed to the structure, the same fixture moves between a first apartment, a rented house, and a nursery as circumstances change. Over a small two-person table, hang it 28–32 inches above the surface and run the cord to a corner outlet, keeping the slack coiled neatly at the canopy. If you are filling out other rooms, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e includes coordinating fabric-shade pieces. Plug it in and try the height before fixing the hook.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs installation difficult, and what tools are needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo wiring or electrician is involved: the fixture hangs from a ceiling hook and plugs into a standard outlet. A screwdriver or drill for the hook and a step ladder cover the job, and the shade frame assembles by hand. The cord is 15 ft long, so the hook can go where the light is needed rather than next to a socket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs fit, and can it be dimmed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe socket accepts E26 and E27 base bulbs in incandescent, LED, CFL, or halogen, and no bulb is included, so it is bought separately. Brightness and colour temperature therefore depend on your bulb choice, which is worth deciding before you order. The cord switch is on\/off only; the fixture is not dimmable and no dimmer is supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I check the size will suit my space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shade measures 11.81 inches in diameter by 7.87 inches high, a compact drum that suits a single chair, a small desk, or a two-person table rather than a long dining table. The 15 ft cord allows hanging heights well above standard, so it works under vaulted ceilings too. As a guide, hang 28–32 inches above a table and 24–28 inches beside a reading chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I clean the linen shade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch off and unplug the lamp and let the bulb cool, then dust the shade with a soft brush, a lint roller, or a vacuum on low suction. For a mark, use a barely damp cloth and blot rather than rub, and let it dry fully before switching on. Do not immerse the shade or use solvents, since linen can shrink and the fabric is fixed to its frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does delivery take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3–5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7–15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided. The shade is shipped rolled to prevent denting, which is intentional and not a defect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the returns and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted within 30 days on unused items in original packaging. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module. Keep the packaging until you have fitted the shade, since a return needs the original box.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500387590511,"sku":"B0CQJFW5Y4","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/61ddk1B-ClL.jpg?v=1789876548"},{"product_id":"modern-pendant-lights-kitchen-island-matte-black-pendant-lig","title":"Modern Pendant Lights Kitchen Island, Matte Black Pendant Light Fixtures with 10\" Clear","description":"\u003ch1\u003eMatte Black Hammered Glass Pendant Light with Adjustable Rod\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe matte black hammered glass pendant light is a single hardwired fixture for kitchen islands, sinks, and breakfast tables that need focused light over a defined surface. A 10-inch clear hammered glass shade hangs below matte black metalwork, so the bulb stays visible while the texture breaks up direct glare.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHeight is set by a splicing rod system of one short and three long sections, adjustable from 15 to 56 inches, which keeps the shade steady in a way a cord cannot. One E26 bulb is required and is sold separately, and the fixture carries ETL listing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10\" shade diameter; rod drop adjustable 15\"–56\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatte black metal with clear hammered glass shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × E26 bulb (LED, incandescent, halogen, or vintage filament) — bulb sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDetermined by the E26 bulb chosen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimmable with a dimmable bulb and compatible dimmer switch (neither included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardwired (ceiling junction box required)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110–120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall switch (dimmer switch not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eETL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatte black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Matte Black Hammered Glass Pendant Light, 10\\\" Shade \\u2014 Kitchen Island\",\n  \"description\": \"The matte black hammered glass pendant light is a single hardwired fixture for kitchen islands, sinks, and breakfast tables that need focused light over a defined surface. A 10-inch clear hammered glass shade hangs below matte black metalwork, so the bulb stays visible while the texture breaks up direct glare. Height is set by a splicing rod system of one short and three long sections, adjustable from 15 to 56 inches, which keeps the shade steady in a way a cord cannot. One E26 bulb is required \",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0FTZGXFVQ.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0FTZGXFVQ\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/black-glass-pendant-light\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"139.00\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  },\n  \"certification\": \"ETL\"\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHammering is a working surface treatment rather than decoration. Each indentation changes the angle at which light leaves the glass, so a clear shade that would otherwise throw a hard filament image instead spreads the output into a softer field. The texture also does a second job in daily use: it hides water spots and dust far better than flat polished glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rod assembly is the other considered choice. A single pendant on a cord swings when a door closes or a drawer is pushed shut, and a fixture over a work surface that moves is distracting. Threaded sections screw together to a fixed length, so the height is set once and stays, and unused sections can be left out entirely for a short drop over a sink.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLIGHTEXP groups this fixture with its clear-glass pendants, where the shade is meant to be seen in daylight as well as lit at night. Matte black reads as hardware rather than as a colour, which is why it sits as comfortably beside white shaker cabinetry as it does against exposed brick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen island — one over the working end.\u003c\/strong\u003e A 10-inch shade suits a single task zone: the sink run, the end of an island where chopping happens, or a peninsula seating two. Set the rod so the bottom of the glass is 30–36 inches above the counter, which puts light on the board without putting the bulb in your sightline when you look up. Pair with matte black tapware and bin pulls so the finish is repeated at least twice in the room. Drop heights for island pendants are set out in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBreakfast table — two of them, evenly spaced.\u003c\/strong\u003e Buy two and space them at roughly half the table length apart, adjusting each rod to the same height. Clear glass keeps a small breakfast table from feeling enclosed, which a solid metal shade of the same diameter would do. Fit warm white bulbs near 2700K here, because this is a room people use early in the morning and again late at night. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e pages show paired pendants over round and square tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEntryway or covered balcony — a single welcoming point.\u003c\/strong\u003e In a hallway or a glazed balcony, the same fixture works at maximum rod length, where the hammered shade is seen from below and the texture reads clearly. It also suits a laundry or utility room, where a clear shade makes a small windowless space feel less closed in. If you are planning the rest of the house, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e includes matching matte black pieces. Fit the bulb you like before the final tighten.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow difficult is installation, and what tools are needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fixture is hardwired to a ceiling junction box, and the manufacturer states that most people finish in about ten minutes, though an electrician is the safer choice if you are not used to mains wiring. A screwdriver, wire strippers, and a ladder cover the job. It mounts to both flat and sloped ceilings, and the rod length is chosen by screwing sections together before the shade goes on.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs are compatible, and does it dim?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne E26 base bulb is required and none is included, so it is bought separately; LED, incandescent, halogen, and vintage filament types all fit the socket. Bulb choice sets the colour temperature, since the fixture itself does not filter the output. Dimmable operation requires a dimmable bulb and a compatible wall dimmer, and neither is supplied with the fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the size and drop suit my room?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shade is 10 inches in diameter and the rod adjusts from 15 to 56 inches, which covers a standard island drop of 30–36 inches above the counter on ceilings up to roughly 10 ft. On a taller ceiling the fixture will sit above the usual working height, so measure first. A 10-inch shade suits a single task zone or a table seating two to four.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I clean the glass and the finish?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch off and let the bulb cool, then wipe the glass with a soft cloth dampened with water or a mild glass cleaner applied to the cloth rather than to the shade. Dry the metalwork straight away and use a dry cloth only on the matte black surface, since polish or solvent can leave a sheen on a matte coating. Avoid abrasive pads on both materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does delivery take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3–5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7–15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the returns and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted within 30 days on unused items in original packaging. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module. The fixture is ETL listed, and the glass shade is the part worth unpacking first, since it is the only fragile component.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500387623279,"sku":"B0FTZGXFVQ","price":139.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/71mo14VbgNL.jpg?v=1789876549"},{"product_id":"20hand-woven-rattan-chandelier-boho-pendant-light-adjustable","title":"20”Hand Woven Rattan Chandelier Boho Pendant Light Adjustable Coastal Pendant Light for","description":"\u003ch1\u003eHand-Woven Rattan Chandelier with Six E12 Sockets, 20 Inches\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hand-woven rattan chandelier is a two-tier pendant for dining rooms, kitchen islands, and open living spaces where one fixture has to hold the room visually. Rattan is woven over the frame in four double-sided layers with cotton wrapping, so the weave reads dense and even once the light inside is switched on.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSix E12 sockets sit inside the 19.69-inch body, which is what gives the piece enough output to light a table rather than only itself; bulbs are sold separately at 60W maximum per socket. The cord adjusts from 1 to 38.33 inches to set the drop, and the fixture is UL listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixture 19.69\" Dia × 7.42\" H; overall height up to 52.42\"; canopy 4.72\" Dia × 1\" H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand-woven rattan wicker with cotton wrapping; brass hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 × E12 bulbs, 60W max each — bulbs sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDetermined by the E12 bulbs chosen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimmable with compatible dimmable bulbs and dimmer switch (neither included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardwired (ceiling junction box required)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110–120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall switch (dimmer switch not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUL Listed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrass hardware with natural rattan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Hand-Woven Rattan Chandelier, 20\\\" Two-Tier Boho Pendant, Brass Hardware\",\n  \"description\": \"The hand-woven rattan chandelier is a two-tier pendant for dining rooms, kitchen islands, and open living spaces where one fixture has to hold the room visually. Rattan is woven over the frame in four double-sided layers with cotton wrapping, so the weave reads dense and even once the light inside is switched on. Six E12 sockets sit inside the 19.69-inch body, which is what gives the piece enough output to light a table rather than only itself; bulbs are sold separately at 60W maximum per socket\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0DSVGZLGL.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0DSVGZLGL\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/rattan-chandelier-boho-pendant\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"279.00\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  },\n  \"certification\": \"UL Listed\"\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour layers, woven double-sided, is the specification that separates this piece from a single-layer shade. A thin weave shows the frame as a dark skeleton the moment the bulbs come on; a dense one turns the whole body into the light source and hides the structure entirely. Cotton wrapping between the rattan courses is what closes the gaps and keeps the surface from creasing over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe two-round structure gives the chandelier depth rather than width. Stacking a narrower tier above a wider one builds a silhouette that reads from across a room, while the 19.69-inch diameter stays inside the practical limit for a dining table. Brass hardware is used in place of plated steel at the canopy and cord fixings, where a thin coating tends to wear through first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLIGHTEXP lists this chandelier among its made-by-hand pieces, and the maker puts hand-weaving time at roughly two hours per fixture. That figure is the reason the tone and weave density vary slightly from piece to piece, which is characteristic of the material rather than a fault.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDining room — one fixture over the table.\u003c\/strong\u003e Centre the chandelier over the table and set the drop so the lower tier sits 30–34 inches above the surface, high enough that nobody looks into the bulbs from a chair. With six E12 bulbs fitted, the output is enough to light the full table length at warm white while still leaving the corners of the room dim, which is usually what people want at dinner. Pair it with a timber table and cane or linen seating so the materials relate. Hanging heights for dining fixtures are covered in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpen kitchen — over an island or a peninsula.\u003c\/strong\u003e In a kitchen that opens onto the living area, a woven chandelier does two jobs: it lights the work surface and gives the room a centre that a row of downlights never provides. Fit neutral white bulbs here if the island is used for food preparation most evenings, and warm white if it is mostly where people sit with a drink. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e section shows woven pendants in kitchens of several layouts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHallway, closet, or bar — smaller rooms, same material.\u003c\/strong\u003e A wide entry hallway or a walk-in closet is where a 20-inch woven fixture has the most impact per square foot, because the weave is seen close up and from below. In a bar or restaurant setting, several units spaced along a counter give the same effect at larger scale. If you are working through the rest of the house, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e carries matching rattan pieces. Choose your bulbs before you hang it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow difficult is installation, and what tools are needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a hardwired fixture that connects to a ceiling junction box, so an electrician is the right call if you are not used to mains wiring; the wiring itself is a standard three-wire connection. Screwdriver, wire strippers, and a ladder cover the job, and the 4.72-inch canopy fits a standard box. Cord length is set at the canopy from 1 to 38.33 inches, so nothing has to be cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs does it take, and does it dim?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSix E12 base bulbs of 60W or less are required, and none are included, so they are bought separately. LED, incandescent, compact fluorescent, and halogen types are all compatible, and warm, neutral, or cool white can be chosen to suit the room. The fixture dims when fitted with dimmable bulbs and a compatible dimmer switch, neither of which is supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the size work in my room?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe body measures 19.69 inches in diameter by 7.42 inches high, with a maximum overall height of 52.42 inches. The 38.33-inch maximum cord drop suits standard 8 ft ceilings; on taller ceilings the fixture will hang above the usual 30–34 inch dining drop, so measure before ordering if your ceiling is higher. As a rule, a chandelier of this width suits tables of four to eight seats.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I clean the woven shade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch off at the wall and let the bulbs cool, then dust the weave with a soft brush or a vacuum on low suction, which reaches between the courses better than a cloth. For a mark, use a barely damp cloth and dry it straight away because rattan and cotton do not tolerate soaking. Avoid solvents and abrasive pads on both the weave and the brass hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does delivery take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3–5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7–15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the returns and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted within 30 days on unused items in original packaging. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module. The fixture is UL listed, and slight variation in weave and tone is normal in a hand-woven rattan product.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500387656047,"sku":"B0DSVGZLGL","price":279.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/71NPVWbstsL.jpg?v=1789876551"},{"product_id":"3-pack-wicker-pendant-light-natural-woven-pendant-light-boho","title":"3 Pack Wicker Pendant Light Natural Woven Pendant Light Boho Chandelier Light Fixture","description":"\u003ch1\u003eHand-Woven Wicker Pendant Lights, Set of Three, Natural Finish\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hand-woven wicker pendant light, sold as a set of three, is for kitchens, dining rooms, and sunrooms that want warmth from a natural material rather than another metal shade. Each shade is woven by hand and measures 8.7 inches across, with an open structure that lets light pass through the weave as well as out from underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree matched fixtures cover a standard island run or a rectangular table in one purchase, with no finish mismatch to worry about. Each takes a single E26 bulb up to 60W (bulbs sold separately), hangs from an adjustable 59-inch cord, and mounts to flat or sloped ceilings using the hardware in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.7\" L × 6.3\" H per shade; canopy 4.7\"; adjustable cord up to 59\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand-woven natural wicker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × E26 bulb per fixture, 60W max — bulbs sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDetermined by the E26 bulb chosen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimmable with a dimmable bulb and compatible dimmer switch (neither included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardwired (ceiling junction box required)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110–120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall switch (dimmer switch not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Woven Wicker Pendant Light, Set of 3 \\u2014 Natural Rattan, 8.7\\\" Wide\",\n  \"description\": \"The hand-woven wicker pendant light, sold as a set of three, is for kitchens, dining rooms, and sunrooms that want warmth from a natural material rather than another metal shade. Each shade is woven by hand and measures 8.7 inches across, with an open structure that lets light pass through the weave as well as out from underneath. Three matched fixtures cover a standard island run or a rectangular table in one purchase, with no finish mismatch to worry about. Each takes a single E26 bulb up to 6\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0CP3WRXS3.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0CP3WRXS3\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/woven-wicker-pendant-set\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"219.00\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWicker is a structural decision before it is a decorative one. An open weave does two things a solid shade cannot: it throws a soft pattern of light and shadow onto the surrounding ceiling and wall, and it keeps the fixture visually light at a size that would otherwise read as bulky. That is the reason the material carries a coastal and farmhouse scheme without needing painted colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe proportion matters as much as the material. Each shade is 8.7 inches wide against 6.3 inches high, a wide-and-shallow form chosen so three fixtures in a row sit low over a counter without crowding sightlines across the room. Natural wicker also varies slightly between pieces, which is expected of a hand-woven material rather than a defect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWithin the LIGHTEXP range, this three-pack is the natural-texture counterpart to the metal pendants: same hardwired installation and the same E26 socket, so a household can mix finishes between rooms while keeping to one bulb type.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen island — three in a row.\u003c\/strong\u003e Space the fixtures at equal intervals along the island and hang them 28–32 inches above the counter, shortening the cords on the outer two if you want a gentle arc. With a warm E26 bulb around 2700K, the weave filters the output into something closer to lamplight than downlight, which suits a kitchen that doubles as somewhere to sit. Pair with pale stone, open shelving, and timber boards so the natural material has something to answer to. Spacing and height for island runs are set out in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDining table — a low row over timber.\u003c\/strong\u003e Over a rectangular table between five and seven feet long, three wicker shades read softer than a single central fitting and light the ends of the table as well as the middle. Keep the cord drop consistent rather than staggered here, since a dining table is viewed from a seated position where uneven heights are obvious. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e pages show dining rooms built around natural-texture pendants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnclosed porch or café corner — light with a holiday feel.\u003c\/strong\u003e A glazed porch, a breakfast corner, or a small café counter is where wicker is most at home, because the material already belongs alongside cane chairs, linen cushions, and potted plants. Run the three fixtures on a single switch at reduced output in the evening and the space reads as a room rather than a passage. If you are furnishing adjacent rooms, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e carries coordinating natural-finish fixtures. Fit them once and let the weave do the rest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow hard is installation, and what tools are needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach fixture is hardwired to a ceiling junction box, so an electrician is advisable if you are not comfortable with mains wiring, though the manufacturer describes the assembly as straightforward. Mounting hardware, electrical wire, and instructions are included in the box, and the usual tools are a screwdriver, wire strippers, and a ladder. The fixtures can be installed on sloped ceilings, and the cord length is set at the canopy rather than by cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs are compatible, and does it dim?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach pendant uses one E26 base bulb of 60W or less, in LED, incandescent, or halogen, and an antique-style Edison bulb suits the open weave particularly well. No bulbs are included, so they are purchased separately. The set is fully dimmable when fitted with dimmable bulbs and a compatible wall dimmer switch, neither of which is supplied with the fixtures.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I check the size will work in my room?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shade measures 8.7 inches wide by 6.3 inches high with a 4.7-inch canopy, and the cord adjusts up to 59 inches, which covers ceilings from 8 ft to roughly 12 ft depending on the drop you want. For islands and tables, the usual guideline is 28–32 inches above the surface. Three fixtures suit islands and tables between about five and eight feet long.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I clean woven wicker shades?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch the power off and dust the weave with a soft brush or the brush attachment of a vacuum on low suction, which reaches between the strands better than a cloth. For marks, use a barely damp cloth and dry the area straight away, since wicker is a natural fibre that does not tolerate soaking. Avoid solvents and abrasive pads, and keep the shades away from direct heat sources.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does delivery take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3–5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7–15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the returns and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted within 30 days on unused items in original packaging. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module. Because the shades are hand-woven, slight variation in weave and tone between the three fixtures is normal and is not a fault.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500387688815,"sku":"B0CP3WRXS3","price":219.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/81U-XVF1STL.jpg?v=1789876552"},{"product_id":"qiyizm-plug-in-pendant-light-hanging-lights-with-plug-in-cor","title":"QIYIZM Plug in Pendant Light Hanging Lights with Plug in Cord Boho Hanging Lamp Glass","description":"\u003ch1\u003ePlug-In Glass Pendant Light with Dimmable Edison Bulb and Gold Finish\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe plug-in glass pendant light is a hanging fixture for renters and for anyone who would rather not open a ceiling: it runs from a standard outlet and hangs from a hook, with no junction box and no electrician involved. A dimmable 6W Edison bulb in warm 2700K ships with the fixture, so there is nothing further to buy before it goes up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rotary switch on the cord sets brightness anywhere between 1% and 99%, which is the difference between a light that reads as background and one you can comfortably read beside. Glass over the source softens the filament without concealing it, and the gold-finish hardware sits naturally in boho, mid-century, and vintage rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass shade with gold-finish metal hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne dimmable Edison bulb, 6W, 2700K — bulb included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2700K (warm white)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimmable, 1%–99% via in-line rotary switch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug-in (hangs from a ceiling hook; no ceiling junction box required)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110–120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIn-line rotary dimmer switch on the cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGold\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Plug-In Glass Pendant Light with Dimmable Edison Bulb, Gold Finish\",\n  \"description\": \"The plug-in glass pendant light is a hanging fixture for renters and for anyone who would rather not open a ceiling: it runs from a standard outlet and hangs from a hook, with no junction box and no electrician involved. A dimmable 6W Edison bulb in warm 2700K ships with the fixture, so there is nothing further to buy before it goes up. The rotary switch on the cord sets brightness anywhere between 1% and 99%, which is the difference between a light that reads as background and one you can comfo\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0FNCWRW3Q.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0FNCWRW3Q\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/plug-in-glass-pendant-light\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"79.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGlass was chosen over fabric or metal for a specific reason: it diffuses without flattening. A fabric shade blocks the filament and turns an exposed-bulb design pointless, while an open metal cage leaves the glare unmanaged. A clear-to-translucent glass body lets the light spread downwards and out at an angle, so most of the output lands on the surface below rather than on the ceiling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlacing the dimmer on the cord rather than at the wall is a deliberate choice for a plug-in fixture. A wall dimmer would require the cord to run to a switch location and would defeat the point of a lamp that can be moved between rooms. A rotary control on the cord also reads the same way to every user, regardless of age or familiarity with smart lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWithin the LIGHTEXP catalogue this model belongs to the plug-in group: fixtures that assume the room may change. It is the option for a first apartment, a rental, or a corner where running a new circuit would cost more than the light itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBedroom — beside the chair instead of the bed.\u003c\/strong\u003e A plug-in pendant solves the rental problem of no bedside wiring: hang it from a ceiling hook roughly 24 inches to the side of a reading chair, plug into the nearest outlet, and use the cord switch to bring it down to about 20% for an hour of reading before sleep. At 2700K the filament reads warm against linen and timber rather than clinical. Pair it with a low side table and a woven throw so the glass and gold hardware pick up the room's existing metal. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e cover hanging heights for chair-side pendants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBreakfast corner — one light over a small table.\u003c\/strong\u003e In a kitchen with a two-person table rather than an island, a single plug-in pendant hung 28–32 inches above the surface gives the corner its own ceiling plane and separates it from the working side of the room. Run the cord along the ceiling with clips to the nearest outlet, keeping the slack out of the walkway. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e pages show small-table corners lit this way.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLiving room and occasions — layered with what is already there.\u003c\/strong\u003e Used at low output in the evening, the fixture fills the gap between a floor lamp and the overhead light, which is usually the reason a living room feels flat. The same lamp moves easily to a nursery at reduced brightness, or hangs temporarily for a wedding breakfast or a bohemian-themed party, since nothing is fixed to the structure. If you are furnishing the rest of the room, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e includes matching gold-finish pieces. Hang it once and see what the corner does.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow difficult is installation, and what tools are needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation is a matter of fixing a ceiling hook and plugging in, so no electrician is required. A drill or screwdriver for the hook and something to stand on covers the whole job in about fifteen minutes. The ceiling hook and cord are the only hardware involved, and the fixture can be taken down and moved to another room without leaving a mark beyond the hook.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulb does it use, and how does dimming work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne dimmable 6W Edison bulb at 2700K is included in the box, so no separate bulb purchase is needed. Brightness is controlled by the rotary switch on the cord, adjustable continuously from 1% to 99%, and no wall dimmer is required or used. If a replacement is ever needed, choose a dimmable bulb of the same base and wattage or lower.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know it will fit my space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer does not publish shade dimensions for this model, so plan around the cord drop rather than the shade width and check the product images before ordering. As a working guide, hang a pendant 28–32 inches above a table or counter, and about 24 inches beside a reading chair. Because the fixture plugs in and hangs from a hook, the position can be changed after you have lived with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I clean the glass shade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch off and unplug the fixture, let the bulb cool, then wipe the glass with a dry microfibre cloth or one lightly dampened with water. Do not spray glass cleaner directly onto the shade, since liquid can run into the socket and the cord switch. Avoid abrasive pads on both the glass and the gold-finish hardware, which can mark the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does delivery take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3–5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7–15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the returns and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted within 30 days on unused items in original packaging. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module. Keep the box and the bulb packaging until you have decided the fixture is staying, since a return needs both.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500387721583,"sku":"B0FNCWRW3Q","price":79.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/61h0sr9H0aL.jpg?v=1789876553"},{"product_id":"govee-pendant-lights-for-kitchen-island-three-layer-rgbic-sm","title":"Govee Pendant Lights for Kitchen Island, Three-Layer RGBIC Smart Lighting","description":"\u003ch1\u003eSmart RGBIC Pendant Light with Tunable White and 16M Colors\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe smart RGBIC pendant light is a ceiling-hung fixture built for kitchens where one light is asked to do two different jobs: clear, high-output task light while food is being prepared, then warm low light once everyone sits down. Integrated LED strips run along three planes of the body, the sides, the bottom face, and the curve, producing 360° output rated at 1300 lumens and CRI 95, with white balance tunable from 2700K to 6500K.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eColour scenes, schedules, and music-reactive effects are set from an app over 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi, with Alexa, Google Assistant, and Matter voice control available alongside it. At 5.29 lbs the fixture is light enough to mount solo, and the hanging rope adjusts up to 4.92 ft to set the drop over an island or table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified; hanging rope adjusts up to 4.92 ft (59\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated LED, three-layer strips on sides, bottom and curve; 1300 lumens, CRI 95\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTunable white 2700K–6500K, plus 16M+ RGBIC colors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmart \/ app control (2.4 GHz Wi-Fi; app, Alexa, Google Assistant, Matter)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardwired (ceiling junction box required)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110–120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApp, voice, and scheduled scenes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.29 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Smart RGBIC Pendant Light, Tunable White 2700K\\u20136500K, White Finish\",\n  \"description\": \"The smart RGBIC pendant light is a ceiling-hung fixture built for kitchens where one light is asked to do two different jobs: clear, high-output task light while food is being prepared, then warm low light once everyone sits down. Integrated LED strips run along three planes of the body, the sides, the bottom face, and the curve, producing 360\\u00b0 output rated at 1300 lumens and CRI 95, with white balance tunable from 2700K to 6500K. Colour scenes, schedules, and music-reactive effects are set from\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0FHQ3JQ9C.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0FHQ3JQ9C\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/smart-rgbic-pendant-light\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"239.00\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree-layer light placement is the engineering decision behind this fixture rather than a styling flourish. Strips sit on the sides, the underside, and along the curve of the shade, so light leaves the body in every direction instead of pooling directly beneath it. That is what lets one pendant wash the surrounding ceiling plane while still putting usable light on the counter below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCRI 95 is the figure worth reading twice. At that level the 1300-lumen white output renders food, timber, and painted surfaces close to how they look in daylight, which is the practical reason tunable white from 2700K to 6500K is useful rather than decorative: the same fixture reads warm at eight in the evening and neutral at midday.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause the strips are built into the body, there is no bulb to buy, match, or replace, and no socket to fail. LIGHTEXP positions this pendant as the connected option in the catalogue, aimed at households that want scheduling and voice control running the room without adding a separate hub.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen island — weeknight prep.\u003c\/strong\u003e Set white balance near 4000K at full output before the knife comes out: at 1300 lumens with CRI 95, the counter is lit evenly enough to read a recipe and judge colour on raw ingredients at the same time. Hang the fixture 30–34 inches above the stone so the three-layer output covers the work surface without putting a bright edge in your eye line. It pairs cleanly with flat-front cabinetry and a matte tap, since the white body recedes against a light ceiling. Drop height and spacing over an island run are covered in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e, worth reading before you drill.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDining table — after the plates are cleared.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is where the tunable white earns its keep. Drop to 2700K and cut output low, and the same fixture that lit a chopping board twenty minutes earlier now sits warm and close over a table for two or for six. A static colour scene works here if the walls are neutral, though most households settle on warm white for eating. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e pages show how pendant height alone changes the feel of a dining corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpen-plan living — evenings with music.\u003c\/strong\u003e Six music modes drive the three independently addressed segments in step with whatever is playing, which suits the shared end of an open-plan room: a low warm wash over the sofa during a film, a slow gradient while people are standing and talking. Because control runs through the app, a schedule can bring the light up before you get home. If you are planning a connected scheme across several rooms, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e lists the other LIGHTEXP fixtures that work alongside it. Start with one scene and adjust it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this pendant difficult to install?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fixture weighs 5.29 lbs and uses an optimised mounting cover, so one person can hold and fix it without help. A screwdriver and a step ladder cover the mechanical work; connecting to the ceiling junction box is the only step that may call for an electrician if you are not comfortable with mains wiring. The hanging rope adjusts up to 4.92 ft and the drop is set during installation, not by cutting the cord.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs does it use, and does it dim?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere is no bulb to buy, because the LED strips are built into the fixture body at 1300 lumens with no socket and nothing to replace later. Dimming is handled digitally through the app, by voice, or on a schedule, so a wall dimmer is not used and should not be fitted on the circuit. White balance is tunable between 2700K and 6500K independently of brightness.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I check it will suit my space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSource data lists the hanging rope at up to 4.92 ft and the weight at 5.29 lbs; overall shade dimensions are not specified, so check against the product images if you have a low soffit. As a working guide for kitchen islands, hang a single pendant roughly 30–34 inches above the counter, which the adjustable rope accommodates on ceilings from 8 ft to about 10 ft.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I clean and care for it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch the light off and let it cool, then wipe the body with a dry or barely damp microfibre cloth. Do not spray cleaner directly onto the fitting, since liquid can reach the integrated strips and the canopy. Avoid solvents and abrasive pads on the white surface. With the light source sealed into the body, there is no bulb cavity to dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does delivery take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3–5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7–15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the returns and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted within 30 days on unused items in original packaging. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module. Hold on to the carton until you have confirmed the fixture is right, since that is what a return would travel back in.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500387754351,"sku":"B0FHQ3JQ9C","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/61fu_WgTL3L.jpg?v=1789876555"},{"product_id":"xzhgcee-plug-in-pendant-light-fixtures-hanging-light-plug-in","title":"XZHGCEE Plug in Pendant Light Fixtures: Hanging Light Plug in Green Glass Hanging Lamp","description":"\u003ch1\u003eGreen Glass Plug-In Pendant Light with Inline On\/Off Cord Switch\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA green glass pendant light that hangs from a cord and plugs into a standard wall outlet, intended for kitchens, bedrooms, and basement rooms where a ceiling box is missing or in the wrong place and running new cable is not worth it. The shade is coloured glass rather than painted, so the tint comes from the material itself and reads the same at every angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn inline switch sits partway down the cord, roughly where a hand reaches from a chair or a doorway, and the socket takes a common E26 bulb; an ST64 filament lamp is what the maker suggests for the period look. Nothing else is needed beyond a hook and an outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen glass shade with metal socket and plug-in cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x E26 medium-base bulb, ST64 filament style recommended (bulb sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified - set by the E26 bulb you choose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot dimmable - cord switch is on\/off only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug-in cord; no hardwiring or ceiling junction box required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110-120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInline on\/off switch on the cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Green Glass Plug-In Pendant Light \\u2014 Vintage Industrial Hanging Lamp with Cord Switch\",\n  \"description\": \"A green glass pendant light that hangs from a cord and plugs into a standard wall outlet, intended for kitchens, bedrooms, and basement rooms where a ceiling box is missing or in the wrong place and running new cable is not worth it. The shade is coloured glass rather than painted, so the tint comes from the material itself and reads the same at every angle. An inline switch sits partway down the cord, roughly where a hand reaches from a chair or a doorway, and the socket takes a common E26 bulb\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0CZLQJ262.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0CZLQJ262\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/green-glass-plug-in-pendant\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"82.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColoured glass survived in industrial lighting long after other finishes were abandoned, because tint comes from minerals mixed into the melt rather than from a coating that can chip, scratch, or fade. A green shade looks the same on day one and year ten, and it keeps working after being wiped down hundreds of times.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat green tone has associations worth noting: it was the colour of banker's lamps, early factory shades, and soda-fountain fixtures, so it carries a specific set of references rather than reading as generic retro. Because the colour filters rather than blocks light, output stays usable for tasks even though some wavelengths are absorbed, which is why a dark green shade over a work surface does not feel dim.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePairing it with an ST64 filament bulb is the intended combination. A visible filament inside a tinted shade produces the layered effect this kind of fixture is chosen for, where the glass glows from within instead of merely lighting the room. LIGHTEXP supplies the plug-in cord version because it suits anyone unwilling to commit their ceiling to a particular spot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOver a kitchen island or a sink.\u003c\/strong\u003e One green shade dropped to working height puts coloured but still usable light onto the counter, which suits evening cooking better than a bare overhead fitting does: the tint reduces glare off stainless steel while leaving enough output to chop, read a recipe, or supervise homework at the island. Keep the cord away from hob heat and water, and set the height so you are not looking into the glass when you stand at the sink. Height guidance for task positions is in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn a basement bar, library corner, or reading room.\u003c\/strong\u003e Tinted glass is at its best in rooms that are used after dark, where atmosphere matters as much as output. Hung low over a bar cart, a worn leather chair, or a shelf of paperbacks, the green shade gives the kind of local light that makes a low-ceilinged basement feel deliberate rather than leftover. Add a warm ST64 lamp and leave it on low output bulbs; this is not a fixture for reading small print for hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn a cafe, over a two-top, or beside a bed.\u003c\/strong\u003e Small cafes use exactly this combination because it provides a pool of light per table without rewiring, and any owner can move tables without chasing ceiling boxes. Nightstands work the same way: hung beside the bed, one fixture replaces the lamp and leaves the surface clear. For more layouts using coloured glass in both homes and small commercial rooms, see \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e, and related pieces are gathered in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne hook, one outlet, and your own choice of filament lamp is all it takes to try it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes hanging this require any trade work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo electrical work is involved. The cord plugs into a standard outlet and the fixture hangs from a ceiling hook anchored with hardware appropriate to your ceiling, so the whole fitting comes down again without leaving anything to patch. Keep the cord clear of heat sources, running water, and anything that might chafe it along the route between hook and socket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat bulb should I fit, and is it dimmable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse one E26 medium-base bulb; the maker recommends an ST64 filament style to suit the period look, though any standard lamp shape fits. The bulb is not included. The cord switch is a plain on\/off control with no dimming function, so output cannot be reduced from the fixture unless you use a bulb with its own remote dimming or plug into a switched circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I judge whether it will fit my space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer does not publish shade dimensions, so measure the clearance you have and check the fixture's listed dimensions on arrival before choosing a final position. As a general rule for task lighting, aiming for roughly 30 to 34 inches between the bottom of the shade and the counter or table keeps the light useful without putting glare in anyone's eyes. A single fixture of this type suits one surface rather than a long run.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the right way to clean it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch it off, let the lamp cool, then dust the shade before wiping with a cloth lightly dampened with water and drying it immediately. Do not use solvent cleaners on the glass, and never submerge any part of the fixture. Because the colour is part of the glass rather than a coating, ordinary cleaning will not remove it, but abrasive pads will dull the surface permanently.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen will the order arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3-5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7-15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided. The glass shade travels inside a shaped foam pocket and the cord is coiled rather than creased, so nothing arrives with permanent marks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the returns and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e30-day returns on unused items in original packaging, so keep the carton while you decide on the final hanging position. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module, including the glass shade, socket, cord, and inline switch, against defects in materials and workmanship under normal residential use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500387787119,"sku":"B0CZLQJ262","price":82.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/61RVR67Kb0L.jpg?v=1789876556"},{"product_id":"arturesthome-7-modern-rewind-ceiling-canopy-kit-black-single","title":"Arturesthome 7\" Modern Rewind Ceiling Canopy Kit,Black Single Hole Ceiling Plate for","description":"\u003ch1\u003e7-Inch Black Metal Ceiling Canopy Kit for Hardwiring a Pendant Light\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 7-inch black metal ceiling canopy kit that lets a corded pendant, a repaired chandelier, or a homemade fixture meet a ceiling junction box directly, aimed at DIY builders and homeowners replacing a discoloured or damaged plate. Mounting hardware and instructions come in the box; no socket or bulb is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe plate differs from the usual two-hole pattern in using side screws, so it can be hung on the bracket first and tightened afterwards rather than being lined up while it is already in place. Depth is generous enough to take leftover wiring without crushing connections into the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCanopy diameter 7\" (also offered in 4.7\" and 5.9\"); centre cord hole with side screw fixing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThick metal canopy with black finish; mounting hardware included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot applicable - canopy plate only, no socket or bulb included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot applicable - no light source or control included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardwired; adapts a corded fixture to a ceiling junction box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110-120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDetermined by the circuit and fixture it is connected to\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, white, silver, and wood versions available in the range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Black Ceiling Canopy Kit, 7\\\" Single-Hole Metal Plate for Pendant Conversion\",\n  \"description\": \"A 7-inch black metal ceiling canopy kit that lets a corded pendant, a repaired chandelier, or a homemade fixture meet a ceiling junction box directly, aimed at DIY builders and homeowners replacing a discoloured or damaged plate. Mounting hardware and instructions come in the box; no socket or bulb is included. The plate differs from the usual two-hole pattern in using side screws, so it can be hung on the bracket first and tightened afterwards rather than being lined up while it is already in p\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0972CCW14.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0972CCW14\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/black-ceiling-canopy-kit\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"21.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe standard canopy design puts its screw holes on the visible face of the plate, which asks the installer to hold a plate and find two moving targets at the same time. Moving those holes to the edge solves an ergonomic problem rather than an aesthetic one: the plate hangs on the bracket, then the side screws are turned.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDiameter is the other deliberate choice. A 7-inch plate covers the paint ring and old screw marks left by whatever it replaces, and spans electrical boxes whose edges no longer sit flush with the ceiling — both common in houses that have been repainted several times. The cap is deeper than a shallow pressed canopy because cord slack has to go somewhere, and crushing wire nuts against the box back is how many DIY connections eventually fail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLIGHTEXP supplies this as a component rather than a fixture, in black, white, silver, and wood across four sizes, so the plate can either disappear into the ceiling or be read as part of the fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReplacing a yellowed or damaged canopy over a kitchen table.\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic canopies turn yellow after a decade of use, and older pressed metal ones lose paint around the screw holes; this plate covers both problems in one operation without touching the fixture below it. Turn the breaker off, disconnect, swap the plate, reconnect, and the fitting looks considered again. Match black to a matte or blackened fixture and white to anything with painted metalwork. Safe disconnecting steps are set out in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConverting a plug-in swag pendant to hardwired.\u003c\/strong\u003e A corded light that has served well for years can become a permanent fitting over a dining table once the cord ends at a canopy instead of a wall socket, removing the swag line that reads as temporary. Check local requirements and the fixture's own listing before doing so, and match the plate colour to both cord and ceiling. Examples of finished conversions appear in \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinishing a handmade or restored fixture.\u003c\/strong\u003e Anyone building a pendant from a salvaged shade, a piece of dowel, or a basket needs a clean way to hide the junction box and take the fitting's weight, and that is the whole job this plate does. Its stated bearing capacity makes it suitable for light fixtures rather than heavy multi-arm chandeliers, so check the weight of whatever will hang below before committing. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e also lists complete fixtures if supplying your own plate turns out to be more trouble than it is worth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the old plate, pick the size one step larger, and the repair takes about twenty minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does fitting this canopy involve, and which tools are needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation means mounting the supplied bracket to the ceiling box, drawing the cord through the plate, joining the conductors with the wire nuts provided, and tightening the screws at the edge of the canopy. Expect to use a screwdriver, wire strippers, and a non-contact tester, and always work with the breaker off. Local codes vary on who may do this work, so check before starting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a bulb socket or affect dimming?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo socket, bulb, or control is included, since this is a mounting plate rather than a light source. Whatever fixture is hung below determines bulb type, brightness, and dimming; the canopy simply carries the cord into the box. Because the cap has depth for slack cord, most cord-mounted in-line dimmers and switches can stay above the ceiling line if the fixture does not use them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know which size to order?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe plate is 7 inches across and the range also includes 4.7-inch and 5.9-inch versions, sized to sit over standard ceiling boxes and over the marks left by previous fixtures. Measure your existing canopy, then go one size larger if the ceiling around it is damaged or the box sits proud of the surface. A single centre hole takes one cord.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I look after the finish?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDust the plate with a dry microfibre cloth; a barely damp cloth handles fingerprints on the black finish, followed by drying straight away. Avoid solvents and abrasive pads, which lift coatings quickly on thin painted metal. Once or twice a year, check that both side screws are still snug and that the plate has not worked loose against the ceiling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly does it arrive, and how is it packed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3-5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7-15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided. The metal plate ships flat with a protective film and the hardware bagged separately, so nothing scratches the finish during transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat if the wrong size arrives or there is damage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e30-day returns on unused items in original packaging, which is why measuring the old plate first is worth the minute. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module, meaning the plate itself, its bracket, and the fixing hardware, against defects in materials and workmanship. Cosmetic damage present on arrival should be photographed before anything is installed.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500387819887,"sku":"B0972CCW14","price":21.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/615h4KL0skL.jpg?v=1789876557"},{"product_id":"daunton-vintage-kitchen-pendant-lights-over-sink-pendant-lig","title":"Daunton Vintage Kitchen Pendant Lights Over Sink Pendant Lights for Kitchen","description":"\u003ch1\u003eAdjustable Farmhouse Pendant Light with Clear Glass Shade and Swivel Head\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA single farmhouse pendant light with a clear glass shade, a head that swivels 90 degrees, and a drop that adjusts from about 11 inches to over 46 inches, built for kitchens where the ceiling box sits behind the cook rather than above the sink. Swivelling the head sideways puts light where the work actually happens instead of where the wiring happens to be.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fixture also mounts flush for low ceilings, which is what makes it usable in hallways, basements, and older cottages as well as over a counter. One E26 bulb at up to 60 watts sits inside the glass, and any standard lamp type fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall height adjustable from 10.83\" to 46.26\" using one 6\" tube and three 12\" tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear glass shade with metal frame, swivel head, and metal tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x E26 medium-base bulb, 60W maximum (bulb sold separately); LED, CFL, or Edison compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified - set by the E26 bulb you choose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimmable when paired with dimmable bulbs and a compatible dimmer (neither included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardwired to a ceiling junction box; mounts flush or hangs on tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110-120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRuns from the wall switch on the existing circuit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear glass with metal finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Clear Glass Farmhouse Pendant Light with 90\\u00b0 Swivel Head \\u2014 Adjustable Over-Sink Fixture\",\n  \"description\": \"A single farmhouse pendant light with a clear glass shade, a head that swivels 90 degrees, and a drop that adjusts from about 11 inches to over 46 inches, built for kitchens where the ceiling box sits behind the cook rather than above the sink. Swivelling the head sideways puts light where the work actually happens instead of where the wiring happens to be. The fixture also mounts flush for low ceilings, which is what makes it usable in hallways, basements, and older cottages as well as over a c\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0F6CZH8QL.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0F6CZH8QL\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/over-sink-glass-pendant-light\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"99.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery kitchen has the same flaw: the junction box is centred over the room, and the sink, counter, or island is somewhere else entirely. A head that rotates through 90 degrees solves it mechanically rather than cosmetically — no offset canopy, no cover plate, no second hole cut into the drywall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAdjustable height here comes from threaded tubes rather than from a cord, so the drop length can be set to an exact figure and changed later by adding or removing sections; the 6-inch and 12-inch pieces combine to anything between roughly 11 and 46 inches. Clear glass was chosen over frosted because a sink position benefits from every available lumen reaching the basin, and because glass wipes clean rather than collecting the film that plastics eventually develop near cooking vapour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe dual-mount arrangement (flush or hanging) is the part most owners use once and value for years, since the same fixture works in a low corridor today and above a counter after a move. LIGHTEXP keeps it in the catalogue for exactly that reason: a design that survives a change of house rather than one tied to a single ceiling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOver the kitchen sink.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the position the swivel head was made for. With the fixture mounted to the existing box and the head turned toward the basin, washing up after dinner stops happening in your own shadow, and the clear glass throws light sideways onto the bench rather than only downward. Fit a warm LED around 2700K so late-night dishwashing does not read as clinical, and heighten the drop until the shade clears the sightline to the window. Setting heights over sinks and counters is covered in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlush-mounted in a low hallway, basement, or bathroom.\u003c\/strong\u003e Using only the shortest tube configuration or no tube at all brings the total height down to about 11 inches, which clears door swings and low bulkheads comfortably. Glass keeps the fixture from feeling heavy in a corridor, and in a bathroom it pairs well with a framed mirror and pale tile, though local code governs how close any fixture may sit to water. It reads as vintage without the decorative filigree that period reproductions tend to carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn pairs over a workbench or along an entryway.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two of these, height matched and heads angled toward whatever is below them, produce task lighting across a run: potting bench, folding counter, or a shoe rack in a mud room where light usually arrives from the doorway behind. Leave one fixture switched separately if you want a dim option at night. Similar layouts appear in \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e, and matching pieces for the rest of the house are listed in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTurn the head toward whichever surface actually needs the light, then set the drop to match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow hard is it to install, and what is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fixture is hardwired to a standard ceiling junction box using the supplied brackets, screws, and caps, so expect normal household wiring work with the breaker off. Four threaded tubes, one 6-inch and three 12-inch, let you build the drop before the wiring is connected, and the whole assembly then rotates up to 90 degrees at the head. Screwdriver, wire nuts, and a voltage tester cover it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs can I use, and will it dim?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAny E26 medium-base bulb up to 60 watts fits, including LED, CFL, and Edison-style lamps, although none are included. The fixture works with dimming devices, so pairing it with dimmable bulbs and a compatible wall dimmer gives variable output; with ordinary non-dimmable lamps it will simply switch on and off. Check matching lists between lamp and dimmer before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat drop heights are available, and does it fit a low ceiling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Flush mounting brings the total height to roughly 10.83 inches, suitable for low corridors, basements, and cottages, while adding the three 12-inch tubes reaches about 46.26 inches for vaulted rooms. Intermediate heights come from mixing sections, and nothing needs to be cut, so the arrangement can be revised later. The head swivels independently of that height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should the glass be cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTurn the circuit off and let the lamp cool, then wipe the shade with a lightly dampened cloth and dry it immediately with a second one. In a kitchen, wipe the glass every few weeks to remove the thin vapour film that builds above a sink. Spraying cleaner directly onto the shade risks liquid running into the socket, so spray the cloth instead, and avoid abrasive pads on the metal finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the shipping arrangements?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3-5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7-15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided. The glass shade sits in a shaped foam pocket, and the tubes are bundled and tape-sealed so they cannot roll loose against the glass during transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat do returns and the warranty cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e30-day returns on unused items in original packaging, which allows time to test both the flush and hanging configurations before deciding. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module, including the swivel joint, tubes, canopy, and socket, against defects in materials and workmanship. Damage from bulbs exceeding the 60-watt rating is excluded.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500387852655,"sku":"B0F6CZH8QL","price":99.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/615-vAJXbVL.jpg?v=1789876559"},{"product_id":"hanging-lamp-kit-with-on-off-switch-plug-in-pendant-light-ki","title":"Hanging Lamp Kit with On\/Off Switch, Plug in Pendant Light Kit for Home Lighting, 15ft","description":"\u003ch1\u003ePlug-In Pendant Light Cord Kit with Hemp Rope, E26\/E27 Socket and On\/Off Switch\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA plug-in pendant cord kit made up of 15 feet of hemp-roped cord, a UL listed inline switch, and an E26\/E27 socket, intended for anyone holding a shade they like, whether inherited, thrifted, or handmade, and needing a safe way to hang and power it without opening a ceiling. No shade or bulb is included; that choice stays with you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe socket accepts either bulb base marking at up to 60 watts on 120 volts, so most household LED lamps fit directly. Because the whole assembly plugs into an ordinary outlet, fixture placement follows furniture rather than following whichever box the builder happened to leave overhead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 ft cord length; hanging height set by the hook position during installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHemp rope covered cord with E26\/E27 socket and inline switch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x E26 or E27 base bulb, 60W maximum at 120V (bulb and shade sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified - set by the bulb you choose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot dimmable - inline switch is on\/off only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug-in cord into a standard outlet; no hardwiring required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110-120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInline on\/off switch on the cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUL listed plug, switch, and socket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural hemp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Hemp Rope Plug-In Pendant Light Kit, 15ft Cord with E26\/E27 Socket\",\n  \"description\": \"A plug-in pendant cord kit made up of 15 feet of hemp-roped cord, a UL listed inline switch, and an E26\/E27 socket, intended for anyone holding a shade they like, whether inherited, thrifted, or handmade, and needing a safe way to hang and power it without opening a ceiling. No shade or bulb is included; that choice stays with you. The socket accepts either bulb base marking at up to 60 watts on 120 volts, so most household LED lamps fit directly. Because the whole assembly plugs into an ordinar\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0G4K44NYL.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0G4K44NYL\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/hemp-rope-pendant-light-kit\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"17.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  },\n  \"certification\": \"UL listed plug, switch, and socket\"\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA cord kit exists because the useful half of most discarded lamps is the shade, not the electrical parts. Rather than disposing of a good glass or paper shade over a failed socket, the kit replaces only what wears out, which is line cord, switch, and holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHemp rope is wrapped over the cord rather than around it for grip as much as for appearance, taking the strain of the hang off the copper inside so the cord can support the socket and shade from a hook without strain relief hardware. The 60-watt ceiling at 120 volts reflects what the socket and cord conductors are listed to carry, and it is worth respecting: plenty of LED output fits comfortably below that limit. Listing applies to the plug, switch, and socket individually, which is the meaningful part of the specification for anything carrying mains current.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLIGHTEXP stocks this kit for repair work as much as for new builds, and the 15-foot length is deliberate. It allows a run along the ceiling and down to an outlet in a room where shelves and radiators sit between the two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBringing an inherited or thrifted shade back into service.\u003c\/strong\u003e Most secondhand lamps fail at either the socket or the cord, and both are exactly what this kit supplies. Fit the old glass or paper shade to the new socket, use the weight rating you can see printed rather than guessing, and hang it as intended over a dining table where the shade becomes the talking point. How many well-made shades reach landfill over nothing more than a failed cord comes down to whether parts like these are easy to find.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA soft light over a bed or a reading chair in a rental.\u003c\/strong\u003e With a small drum or fabric shade fitted, this kit becomes a hanging bedside light that takes up no table space and comes down in minutes at move-out. Choose a warm bulb and set the switch low enough to reach from the pillow. Cord placement tricks of this kind, running it behind a curtain rail or along a shelf edge, are covered further in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshop, utility room, or studio lighting on a budget.\u003c\/strong\u003e Paired with a plain metal or enamel shade, this is how a garage bench or basement laundry gets a dedicated lamp without any electrical work: one hook, one outlet, no permit. Put the shade low over the bench so the light lands on hands and tools, keep the cord clear of sawblades and sink edges, and use an LED lamp so the assembly stays cool under a closed metal shade. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e pages show similar utility arrangements, and matching hardware sits alongside the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePick a shade you already own and see how far 15 feet of cord will take it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much work is involved in setting this up?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eVery little: the cord plugs into an ordinary outlet and the fixture hangs from a hook anchored to your ceiling, so the only tool needed for the electrical side is none at all. You will want a screwdriver for the hook itself, and possibly wall or ceiling anchors depending on the surface. Settle the height by moving the hook rather than cutting the cord.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat bulbs fit the socket?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe socket accepts either E26 or E27 based bulbs up to 60 watts at 120 volts, covering standard LED, halogen, and incandescent lamps sold in North America. There is no dimming function, as the inline switch is an on\/off control only. Always stay under the printed wattage, and use a lamp small enough that the shade you fit gives it room to dissipate heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I decide where to hang it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cord is 15 feet long, long enough to route from an outlet along the ceiling and down to any point in most rooms, which means positioning is driven by what needs lighting rather than by outlet location. Plan the hook position first, then check the cord run throughout its whole length for anything that could abrade it. Neither a shade nor a bulb is included, so both add to the final height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the hemp-covered cord maintained?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDust it occasionally with the brush attachment of a vacuum, working along the rope lay rather than against it. Do not wet-clean a mains cord, and avoid solvents that could wick into the insulation beneath the rope wrapping. Every few months, check that the strain relief at the socket end is still tight and that nothing has begun to fray where the cord leaves the hook.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen will the kit ship?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3-5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7-15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided. The cord arrives coiled rather than folded, since a crease in the rope covering is permanent, and the mounting hardware is bagged separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is covered if something arrives faulty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e30-day returns on unused items in original packaging, so inspect the cord and socket before you begin hanging anything. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module, meaning the cord, switch, plug, and socket assembly, against defects in materials and workmanship. Shades and bulbs you supply yourself are naturally outside that cover.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500387885423,"sku":"B0G4K44NYL","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/510gHW1cEKL.jpg?v=1789876560"},{"product_id":"qingmiao-boho-plug-in-pendant-light-handwoven-shade-3-way-bu","title":"Qingmiao Boho Plug in Pendant Light, Handwoven Shade, 3 Way Bulb, 14ft Cord","description":"\u003ch1\u003eHandwoven Boho Plug-In Pendant Light with 14ft Cord and 3-Way Switch\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hand-woven pendant light with an open-weave white shade and a 14-foot plug-in cord, made for people renting or renovating lightly who want the light where the chair or table actually is rather than wherever the ceiling box happens to sit. Swag hooks come in the box, so nothing needs wiring and nothing needs repairing at move-out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA warm white 6W LED bulb ships with the fixture, and the inline cord switch steps it through three brightness levels, which covers most of what a single room asks of one lamp: low for evening, medium for company, high for reading. The shade measures 12.6 inches across by 6.9 inches tall, wide enough to be the reason someone looks up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShade 12.6\" W x 6.9\" H; plug-in cord 14 ft, hanging height and position adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand-woven open-weave shade in a white finish with cord-mounted socket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6W warm white LED bulb included; three brightness levels (low, medium, high)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm white (bulb included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree brightness levels cycled by the inline cord switch, not continuous dimming\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug-in cord with swag hooks supplied, no ceiling junction box needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110-120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInline 3-way cord switch cycling low, medium, high, off\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Handwoven Boho Plug-In Pendant Light, White Open Weave with 14ft Cord \\u2014 3-Way\",\n  \"description\": \"A hand-woven pendant light with an open-weave white shade and a 14-foot plug-in cord, made for people renting or renovating lightly who want the light where the chair or table actually is rather than wherever the ceiling box happens to sit. Swag hooks come in the box, so nothing needs wiring and nothing needs repairing at move-out. A warm white 6W LED bulb ships with the fixture, and the inline cord switch steps it through three brightness levels, which covers most of what a single room asks of \",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0D25W7F1F.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0D25W7F1F\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/handwoven-boho-plug-in-pendant\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"85.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe open weave is doing structural and decorative work at the same time. Because the pattern is pierced rather than solid, light escapes through the gaps as well as around the rim, so the shade projects its own pattern onto the ceiling and walls instead of only throwing light downward.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree discrete brightness levels were specified rather than a continuous dimmer for a reason of reliability. A mechanical stepping switch has no electronics to fail and no compatibility list to check against the bulb, so whatever lamp is fitted later still steps through its levels. At 6 watts of LED, the fixture draws very little current and stays cool enough that the woven shade needs no heat clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFourteen feet of cord is generous on purpose: it allows enough length to run along a ceiling and down a second hook, which is what lets one fixture serve a reading nook now and a hallway later. LIGHTEXP keeps this piece available because it answers the most common lighting complaint in rented housing, which is that the light never arrives above the thing you are trying to see.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOver a reading chair in a living room or nook.\u003c\/strong\u003e Set the drop so the shade sits about 18 inches above shoulder height; at that distance the weave does not glare into a book and the pattern it throws lands where it can be enjoyed rather than lost on the ceiling. Low brightness suits reading after dark, medium works for conversation, and high is enough for threading a needle or sorting papers. A rattan side table and a wool throw complete the corner. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e explain drop heights for reading positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn an entryway or along a stairway.\u003c\/strong\u003e These are usually the darkest places in a house and rarely have a junction box where one is wanted. Swagging from a hook near the door puts light at the point where people pause with keys and coats, and the woven texture reads warm against painted stair risers or limewashed plaster. Because the fixture is plugged rather than wired, removing it to paint later takes a minute. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e pages show similar treatment in halls and landings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBeside a bed, or over a laundry counter.\u003c\/strong\u003e As a single fixture beside the bed it doubles as a night light on its lowest step, useful in a child's room where a table lamp gets knocked. Over a laundry counter, the wide low shade spreads light across the full depth of the surface for folding. Either way the same hardware attaching method applies, and the whole point of a plug-in is that the fixture can move with the room's use rather than being tied to one outlet position for good.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you want the same weave carried elsewhere in the house, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e lists coordinating fixtures, and one of these is a reasonable way to start.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs any wiring required to hang it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo wiring is involved. The fixture plugs into a standard outlet and hangs from two swag hooks supplied in the box, so the only tools needed are a screwdriver and, depending on the ceiling, anchors for plaster or masonry. Sloped and vaulted ceilings are fine, since the cord simply follows the surface between the two hooks rather than meeting it at a right angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the bulb come with it, and how does the dimming work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, a 6W warm white LED bulb ships in the box, so the fixture is usable on arrival. Brightness is changed with the inline cord switch, which steps through three positions rather than sliding continuously, giving low, medium, and high output. Should the lamp ever need replacing, match the 6W rating and read the markings printed on the old bulb itself for its base type.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow large is the shade, and where does it work best?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shade is 12.6 inches wide and 6.9 inches tall, wider than it is deep, so it spreads light across a surface rather than concentrating it into a spot. That shape suits single-point tasks: one chair, one bedside, one short stretch of counter. For a table longer than five feet, plan on two fixtures. The 14-foot cord is enough to reach an outlet along most walls with room to spare.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should the woven shade be cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch the fixture off and let the bulb cool, then go over the weave with the brush attachment of a vacuum on low suction, working from the top ring downward so dust falls clear rather than being pushed into the gaps. A dry microfibre cloth handles the rest. Avoid water and cleaning sprays, since absorbent fibre stains easily and can distort the shape while drying.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat shipping times should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3-5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7-15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided. The woven shade ships with an internal support so the ring cannot be crushed, and hooks, anchors, and bulb are bagged together separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the return and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e30-day returns on unused items in original packaging, which gives you time to test it in a few positions before deciding. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module, including the socket, cord, and inline switch, against defects in materials and workmanship. The included bulb is covered for the same period, unlike consumables in most socketed fixtures.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500387918191,"sku":"B0D25W7F1F","price":85.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/71CseuHIaUL.jpg?v=1789876561"},{"product_id":"casamotion-pendant-lights-kitchen-island-gold-clear-art-glas","title":"CASAMOTION Pendant Lights Kitchen Island, Gold, Clear Art Glass 2 Pack","description":"\u003ch1\u003eSet of 2 Hand-Blown Clear Glass Globe Pendant Lights with Brass Hardware\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA set of two pendant lights made from hand-blown clear glass globes hung on brass gold hardware, aimed at anyone lighting a kitchen island, dining counter, or bedroom where paired fixtures need to look deliberate rather than matched by accident. Each globe is blown by mouth rather than moulded, which leaves subtle asymmetry visible when lit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEight inches tall per shade with a cord adjustable to 60 inches, the pair scales to standard ceilings and to taller rooms where the drop needs to come down further. The maker recommends a low-output 4W to 6W LED Edison lamp in warm 2700K, since clear glass shows filament rather than hiding it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShade height 8\" per fixture; adjustable cord up to 60\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand-blown clear art glass globe with brass gold metal hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x E26 medium-base bulb per fixture, 4W-6W LED recommended (bulbs sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified - the maker recommends a warm white 2700K E26 LED bulb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified - no control is built into the fixture; brightness follows the bulb and switch used\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardwired to a ceiling junction box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110-120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOperates from the existing wall switch once hardwired\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eETL certified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear glass with brass gold hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Clear Art Glass Pendant Light, Set of 2 \\u2014 Hand-Blown Globe with Brass Hardware\",\n  \"description\": \"A set of two pendant lights made from hand-blown clear glass globes hung on brass gold hardware, aimed at anyone lighting a kitchen island, dining counter, or bedroom where paired fixtures need to look deliberate rather than matched by accident. Each globe is blown by mouth rather than moulded, which leaves subtle asymmetry visible when lit. Eight inches tall per shade with a cord adjustable to 60 inches, the pair scales to standard ceilings and to taller rooms where the drop needs to come down \",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B09ZV21LXD.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B09ZV21LXD\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/hand-blown-glass-pendant-set\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"267.00\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  },\n  \"certification\": \"ETL certified\"\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMouth-blown glass is specified here for a reason that shows up in use rather than in photographs. Each globe carries slight variation in wall thickness and roundness, so light refracts unevenly around the curve, which gives the beam a softer edge than a machine-made sphere produces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lamp head can be finely adjusted for angle at installation, and that adjustment is the difference between two pendants reading as a pair and reading as two lamps that nearly agree: it lets each one sit plumb even where the ceiling itself is not quite flat. Brass-finished hardware was specified over chrome because its warm tone meets the slight green cast in clear glass without fighting it, which is the optical pairing most contemporary schemes rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe recommendation of 4W to 6W lamps over higher output comes down to glare control: an unlined clear shade puts every lumen of a bright bulb into the room directly, so more power means more squinting, not better light. LIGHTEXP stocks this pair for projects where two fixtures must share a ceiling without calling attention to their hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePaired over a kitchen island.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two globes spaced along the island's length gives seated guests their own light without the dark gaps that appear when a single fixture tries to cover six feet of counter. Set the drops so both shades hang at the same height, then check the angle adjustment with the canopy in place, since small differences are obvious over a flat stone top. Warm 2700K filament lamps suit walnut or white oak cabinetry and pale terrazzo. Spacing detail for pairs is set out in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlanking a bed instead of two table lamps.\u003c\/strong\u003e Hung lower than you might expect, roughly level with the top of the headboard, the pair frees both nightstands for books and water and leaves the room's horizontal surfaces clean. The low recommended wattage matters here: this is a light to undress and read a few pages by, not a reading lamp for a whole novel. Linen bedding, a low bench, and plaster-finish walls suit the soft glass particularly well.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOver a cafe counter or a long bar top.\u003c\/strong\u003e In small commercial rooms, a repeated pair reads as a considered scheme rather than a purchase; three or four of these in a row over a counter gives each stool its own pool of light while keeping sightlines open across the room. Brass hardware ties into standard bar fittings and tapware with little effort. See \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e for similar hospitality layouts, and the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e for coordinating glass pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTake the pair home and let the ceiling teach you the spacing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does installation involve?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pair is hardwired to ceiling junction boxes, so plan on standard household wiring work with the breaker off, or on an electrician if you prefer not to do it yourself. Mounting hardware is included, the cord threads through the canopy and is trimmed to length there, and the lamp head can then be adjusted for angle so both shades hang true. A screwdriver, wire nuts, and a non-contact tester cover the job.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs do these take, and will they dim?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach pendant takes one E26 medium-base bulb, and the maker recommends a 4W to 6W LED Edison lamp in warm white 2700K for the right balance of light and comfort; bulbs are not included. The fixtures themselves contain no control electronics, so whether they dim depends on the lamps chosen and on the dimmer fitted to the circuit rather than on anything in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs 8 inches the right size for my room?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shade stands 8 inches tall, which reads as a small-to-medium globe and suits paired or repeated arrangements rather than a single statement fixture. Plan roughly 24 to 30 inches between the two over an island, and for longer counters add a third rather than stretching the spacing. The 60-inch cord covers standard and vaulted ceilings, and it is cut at installation rather than coiled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I care for hand-blown glass and brass fittings?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch off and let the lamps cool, then dust the globes with a microfibre cloth before wiping with a cloth lightly dampened with water and drying it straight away, since hand-blown glass shows streaks more than flat glass does. Avoid ammonia or solvent sprays on the glass and on the brass finish. If fingerprints are a recurring problem, handle the shades with cotton gloves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow soon will the set arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3-5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7-15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided. Both globes travel in separate shaped cavities inside doubled cartons, because glass of this thickness is heavy for its size and does not respond well to being stacked.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if one globe arrives damaged?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted as 30-day returns on unused items in original packaging, and the pair is handled as a set, so hold onto all packing until both fixtures are up. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module, including canopies, cords, and lamp holders, against defects in materials and workmanship. Photograph any damage in transit before unpacking further.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500387950959,"sku":"B09ZV21LXD","price":267.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/713G2BFz67L.jpg?v=1789876563"},{"product_id":"battery-operated-pendant-light-vintage-light-fixtures-rgb-li","title":"Battery Operated Pendant Light,Vintage Light Fixtures RGB Light Bulb 2500mAh 9.4in Green","description":"\u003ch1\u003eBattery Operated Brass Pendant Light with Rechargeable RGB Remote Bulb\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA battery powered pendant light combining a polished brass frame with a crystal shade and a rechargeable bulb that dims, warms, cools, and changes colour from a handheld remote, intended for apartments, rentals, and rooms where no ceiling junction box exists and adding one is not worth the cost. The included 2500 mAh bulb charges by USB and runs from 9 to 20 hours depending on brightness and colour settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rope suspension trims to the height you want rather than dictating one, and the whole fixture fits in spots a wired pendant cannot reach: the pitch of a vaulted hallway, a stair landing, or above a table placed away from the wall. Nothing about the installation involves mains wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixture approx. 7.8\" long x 9.4\" wide x 9.4\" high; hanging rope adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished brass finish metal frame with crystal shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRechargeable LED bulb included, 2500 mAh, 3000K-6000K adjustable plus 12 RGB colours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable 3000K-6000K, with 12 RGB colours available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrightness adjustable via the included remote control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRechargeable 2500mAh battery, USB charged; no wiring or outlet required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110-120V charging adapter input\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemote control with on\/off, brightness, colour and timer functions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished brass; bulb offers 12 RGB colours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Rechargeable Brass Pendant Light with RGB Remote Bulb \\u2014 Battery Operated Vintage Fixture\",\n  \"description\": \"A battery powered pendant light combining a polished brass frame with a crystal shade and a rechargeable bulb that dims, warms, cools, and changes colour from a handheld remote, intended for apartments, rentals, and rooms where no ceiling junction box exists and adding one is not worth the cost. The included 2500 mAh bulb charges by USB and runs from 9 to 20 hours depending on brightness and colour settings. The rope suspension trims to the height you want rather than dictating one, and the whol\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0F3JH6M38.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0F3JH6M38\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/rechargeable-brass-pendant-light\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"95.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCordless pendants appeared because a large share of American housing stock simply lacks a ceiling box where people want light. Removing the cord removes the electrician, the permit, and the patch job, which changes who can install a pendant at all.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrass is used rather than plated steel because solid brass forms its own protective oxide instead of flaking like a coating does, so the polished finish survives skin oils and kitchen humidity without the pitting that shows up on thin plated parts after a year. The crystal shade handles the output problem that battery fixtures create: its facets break the beam into many smaller ones, spreading limited lumens across a wider area so the light reads bright without pushing the cell harder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe RGB range is there for parties and holidays, but the 3000K to 6000K white span is what gets used daily, moving from warm evening light to cooler task light without changing hardware. LIGHTEXP supplies this as a practical answer to an old wiring gap, with a remote that also handles timers so the fixture is not left running overnight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOver a rental kitchen island or a breakfast table.\u003c\/strong\u003e In a building where drilling into the ceiling means a deposit conversation, one cordless fixture centred above the table delivers what occupants usually go without: light directly on the surface they eat and work at. Two people eating, one reading a tablet, kids doing homework — all covered by the same 360-degree spread. Set the rope so the bottom ring sits around 30 inches above the table. Height guidance for single pendants over tables is set out in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn an entryway, corridor, or stair landing with no power nearby.\u003c\/strong\u003e These are the rooms most often left unlit, because adding a fixture means fishing cable through finished plaster. Here the same mounting screws carry it: hang it at the turn of a staircase where it greets people at eye level, or over a console table holding keys and post. Brass reads warm against painted panelling and dark floors, and the remote means you can set the timer from the front door rather than reach up to the fixture itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAs adjustable restaurant or bar lighting.\u003c\/strong\u003e Small venues use these over two-tops where repositioning furniture is routine and hardwiring would lock the floor plan in place. Staff change colour and output from the bar instead of a wall panel, dimming at the end of service and setting a warm white for dinner before that. For more schemes using brass in hospitality rooms, see \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e, and matching cordless pieces are listed in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCharge it once and see which room in your home has been waiting for a ceiling box you never wanted to add.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need wiring or an electrician to install this?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing connects to mains wiring, so no electrician is needed for this fixture. The pendant mounts to the ceiling with the supplied hardware and anchors, and the rope suspension is adjusted to length before the bulb is fitted. You will need a drill if you are fixing into plaster or masonry, plus a screwdriver for the mounting plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulb does it use, and how is dimming handled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fixture ships with its own rechargeable LED bulb rather than a standard household one, so no bulb purchase or replacement is required and there is no separate wall dimmer to match. Brightness, colour temperature from 3000K to 6000K, and the 12 RGB colours are all controlled from the included remote, which also sets timers. Treat this as a self-contained system rather than a conventional socketed fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow large is it, and what ceiling height suits it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fixture body measures about 9.4 inches wide and high, roughly 7.8 inches deep, which suits a single-point location rather than a wide surface. Because the rope suspension is adjustable rather than fixed, it works in rooms with standard ceilings as well as vaulted ones, where a rigid rod would leave the shade too high. Aim for the usual 30 to 34 inches of clearance above a table or counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the best way to clean brass and crystal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch the unit off and let the bulb cool, then dust the crystal with a dry microfibre cloth or a soft brush, since moisture trapped between facets leaves spots that are difficult to remove later. Wipe the polished brass with a dry cloth; brass polish is unnecessary while the finish is intact and abrasive pads will scratch it. Always remove the bulb or switch off before any cleaning near the lamp holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does delivery take, and how is it packed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3-5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7-15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided. The crystal shade travels in its own foam cavity, the USB cable and remote are bagged, and the bulb arrives partially charged so it can be tested on arrival.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat do returns and warranty cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e30-day returns on unused items in original packaging, so keep everything together until you have settled on a final position for the rope. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module, meaning the brass frame, suspension, and rechargeable bulb against defects in materials and workmanship. Battery capacity naturally declines over time and that gradual loss is not a defect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does charging work, and how long does a charge last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bulb charges from any standard USB port or adapter using the cable supplied, taking about four hours for a full charge. Runtime runs between 9 and 20 hours depending on brightness and whether a static white or colour-cycling mode is used, so lower settings last considerably longer. The manufacturer does not state whether the fixture can run while charging, so plan to recharge between uses rather than relying on continuous plugged-in operation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500387983727,"sku":"B0F3JH6M38","price":95.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/71WtEzP97rL.jpg?v=1789876564"},{"product_id":"globe-electric-64413-1-light-plug-in-pendant-brushed-steel-f","title":"Globe Electric 64413 1-Light Plug-in Pendant, Brushed Steel, Frosted White Shade, 15ft","description":"\u003ch1\u003eBrushed Nickel Plug-In Pendant Light with Frosted White Shade and 15ft Cord\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA plug-in pendant light with a frosted white shade, brushed nickel hardware, and a 15-foot cord that hangs from two supplied swag hooks, intended for apartment dwellers, dorm rooms, and anyone renting who wants a fixture centred over a table rather than over whatever box the builder put in the ceiling. Nothing needs to be hardwired and nothing needs to be patched later.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cord adjusts between 8 and 189 inches, so the same fixture works as a low light over a coffee table or a high one over a dining table. One E26 bulb at up to 60 watts sits behind the diffusing shade, which spreads the output evenly and keeps the filament out of sight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable hanging length from 8\" to 189\" on a 15 ft cord; shade dimensions not published\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrosted white plastic shade with brushed nickel finish hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x E26 medium-base A-type bulb, 60W maximum (bulb sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified - set by the E26 bulb you choose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimmable using the rotary dimmer on the cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug-in cord with included swag hooks, no ceiling junction box required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110-120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotary dimmer switch on the cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrosted white with brushed nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Brushed Nickel Plug-In Pendant Light, Frosted White Shade \\u2014 15ft Swag Cord\",\n  \"description\": \"A plug-in pendant light with a frosted white shade, brushed nickel hardware, and a 15-foot cord that hangs from two supplied swag hooks, intended for apartment dwellers, dorm rooms, and anyone renting who wants a fixture centred over a table rather than over whatever box the builder put in the ceiling. Nothing needs to be hardwired and nothing needs to be patched later. The cord adjusts between 8 and 189 inches, so the same fixture works as a low light over a coffee table or a high one over a di\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B008VTRI3E.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B008VTRI3E\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/frosted-plug-in-swag-pendant\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"37.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe swag lamp is a mid-century answer to a problem that predates it: the socket in the wall and the middle of the table are almost never in the same place. Running the cord along the ceiling to a second hook puts the light where it belongs and turns the cord into a deliberate line rather than a compromise.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFrosted material rather than clear glass is the second practical decision here. Diffusion hides the lamp entirely, so a cheap A19 bulb and a good one look the same from across the room, and there is no sharp filament image to produce glare at eye level. Plastic was chosen over glass because it survives being knocked, which is the relevant specification in a dorm room or a child's bedroom, and because the weight hangs from two small hooks rather than requiring a joist.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrushed nickel is used in place of polished chrome for a maintenance reason: a polished surface shows every fingerprint and every speck of dust, while a brushed grain scatters reflections and reads clean far longer. LIGHTEXP keeps this design available because it is one of the few ways to light a rented room properly without calling an electrician.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentred over a small dining or card table.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hooks and one outlet let you put the light directly above the table instead of beside it, which is what makes a four-top feel like a dining arrangement rather than a table in a corner. Set the drop so the shade sits roughly 30 inches above the surface, high enough that nobody looks straight into it while seated, and pair it with a warm 2700K bulb for evening meals. Cord routing along a ceiling is covered in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn a dorm room or a child's bedroom.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is where the plastic shade earns its place: it will not shatter if a ball or a backpack gets thrown at it, and it stays cool enough to touch after a few hours with an LED bulb inside. Hang it over a desk or a reading cushion rather than in the middle of the room, route the cord so it cannot be tugged from the bed, and the result is a study light that does not need a floor socket or permanent fixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBeside a sofa as a substitute for a floor lamp.\u003c\/strong\u003e Where floor space is tight, a swagged pendant gives the same pool of light beside the arm of a sofa without giving up a footprint, and the rotary dimmer means the brightness can drop once the television comes on. Run the cord around the perimeter of the ceiling and choose a warm bulb to keep the light soft against a painted wall. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e pages show similar placement in compact rooms, and the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e carries related frosted fixtures.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo hooks, one outlet, and this fixture will be up before the kettle boils.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does installation involve, and what tools do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation is a swag hang on the two hooks supplied: one goes near the outlet, the other where you want the fixture to actually hang, and the cord drapes between them. A screwdriver and, ideally, a stud finder are all you need, though the hooks can also go into a ceiling anchor in plaster. No electrical work is required and the whole arrangement comes down without filling or repainting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulb should I use, and does the dimmer work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse one standard E26 medium-base A-type bulb at up to 60 watts; the bulb is sold separately, and either LED or incandescent types fit. The rotary control on the cord is a dimmer rather than a simple on\/off switch, so output can be wound down from the fixture itself. Because the hanging length is adjustable between 8 and 189 inches, the dimmer stays reachable whether the fixture is set high or low.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I judge whether the fixture suits my room?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe key measurement is not the shade but the cord: the hanging length adjusts from 8 inches to 189 inches, which covers everything from a very low light over a side table to a near-flush position under a cathedral ceiling. Plan about 30 inches of clearance above any surface people sit at. Check your outlet location before ordering, since the cord needs to reach it along two hook runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean the frosted shade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch the fixture off, let the bulb cool, and dust the shade with a dry microfibre cloth, then wipe with a cloth barely dampened with water if needed. Avoid ammonia-based glass cleaners and solvents, which can haze or craze plastic over time, and keep all liquids away from the socket. Dust that collects inside the shade comes out with a quick blast from a hairdryer on the cool setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen will my order arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3-5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7-15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided. The shade ships inside a rigid collar so it holds its shape, and the cord and hook hardware are bagged separately to keep them off the finished surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is covered if something goes wrong?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e30-day returns on unused items in original packaging, so try the hanging position before discarding anything. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module, including the socket, cord, rotary dimmer, and swag hooks, against defects in materials and workmanship. Damage from bulbs exceeding the stated 60-watt maximum is not covered, which is another reason LED lamps are the sensible choice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500388049263,"sku":"B008VTRI3E","price":37.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/41Pj2nQcQWL.jpg?v=1789876565"},{"product_id":"yubole-modern-green-plug-in-pendant-light-macaron-kitchen-ha","title":"YUBOLE Modern Green Plug-in Pendant Light Macaron Kitchen Hanging Swag Lamp","description":"\u003ch1\u003eGreen Plug-In Barn Pendant Light with White Interior Shade and 17ft Cord\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA plug-in pendant light with a barn-shaped metal shade finished green outside and white inside, hanging from a 17-foot cord that reaches any wall outlet, made for households who want colour and directed light without adding a ceiling box. The white interior matters as much as the green exterior: it reflects light downward toward the surface you are working on instead of absorbing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shade measures 10.6 inches wide by 7.7 inches tall, large enough to cover a standard A19 bulb without the lamp showing below the rim. An eight-shaped cord fastener lets the height be set and reset without cutting anything, and the rotary switch sits partway down the cord where a hand can reach it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShade 10.6\" W x 7.7\" H; plug-in cord 17.06 ft with adjustable hang\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal shade with green exterior and white interior finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x E26 medium-base bulb (bulb sold separately); LED, incandescent, or CFL compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified - set by the E26 bulb you choose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimmable when used with a compatible dimmer switch; the supplied rotary switch is not dimmable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug-in cord, hangs from a ceiling hook, no junction box required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110-120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotary on\/off switch on the cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eETL listed for dry locations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen exterior with white interior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Green Plug-In Barn Pendant Light, White Interior Shade \\u2014 17ft Swag Cord\",\n  \"description\": \"A plug-in pendant light with a barn-shaped metal shade finished green outside and white inside, hanging from a 17-foot cord that reaches any wall outlet, made for households who want colour and directed light without adding a ceiling box. The white interior matters as much as the green exterior: it reflects light downward toward the surface you are working on instead of absorbing it. The shade measures 10.6 inches wide by 7.7 inches tall, large enough to cover a standard A19 bulb without the lam\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0DRG28VVX.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0DRG28VVX\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/green-plug-in-barn-pendant\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"99.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  },\n  \"certification\": \"ETL listed for dry locations\"\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo-tone shades solve a problem that single-colour ones do not. A dark or saturated exterior carries colour through a daylighted room, but used alone on the inside it would swallow most of the output; lining the same shade in white keeps the fixture's character while pushing usable light down onto the counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe barn profile is descended from workshop and factory lighting, where the priority was throwing light onto a bench from a modest lamp, and the wide flat skirt still does that better than a globe or cone of the same width. Cut-out detailing at the top of the shade lets a little light escape upward, which prevents the dark ceiling halo that fully opaque metal shades produce. Green reads as a working colour rather than a decorative one, closer to painted machinery than to pastel kitchenware, and holds that reading against both warm wood and cool concrete.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLIGHTEXP supplies this one with the long cord because where it hangs is usually decided after purchase, not before: an outlet and a hook are the only fixed requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOver a kitchen sink or a narrow work counter.\u003c\/strong\u003e In a rental kitchen where the only ceiling light sits behind you, dropping one fixture above the sink puts light on the task rather than on your shoulder. The white lining sends output straight down onto dishes and a drying rack, while the green outer shell keeps the object itself interesting from across the room. Because nothing is hardwired, the fixture can be rehung over a different counter after a furniture reshuffle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBeside a reading chair in a living room or loft.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seventeen feet of cord is enough to route from a wall socket up over a hook and across to wherever the chair actually ended up, which is rarely against a wall. Paired with a low wool pouffe and a stack of hardbacks, the fixture supplies local light at arm height without competing with the main room light. Height and reach for arrangements like this are set out further in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlong a row of cafe booths or a hallway bench.\u003c\/strong\u003e The industrial vocabulary suits commercial rooms as much as domestic ones: two or three of these at the same height above a bench give each seat its own light without wiring the whole ceiling, and the long cord means outlet placement stops dictating furniture layout. Government green and white also sit easily alongside terrazzo, blackboard paint, and bentwood chairs. If you want the same language carried into corridors, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e lists matching pieces, and the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e pages show similar metal-shade schemes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHang it from one hook, plug it in, and the room changes character without a single tradesman.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is involved in hanging this fixture?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo electrical work is needed, since the cord simply plugs into a standard outlet and the fixture hangs from a ceiling hook anchored with hardware suited to your ceiling type. Height is adjusted at the eight-shaped cord fastener rather than by cutting, so the first position is rarely the final one. Keep the cord clear of heat sources and never run it under carpet or through a doorway.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs fit, and can I dim it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe socket takes any E26 medium-base bulb, including LED, incandescent, and CFL types, and no bulb is included in the box. The fixture is dimmable when paired with a dimmable bulb and a compatible dimmer switch, but the rotary switch supplied on the cord is an on\/off control and does not dim on its own. Check the wattage marked on the socket rather than assuming a maximum.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow large is the shade, and where does it fit best?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shade is 10.6 inches wide and 7.7 inches tall, which covers roughly the footprint of a large dinner plate, so it suits single-point use rather than wide surface coverage. One fixture handles a sink, a small table, or a chair well; for a table longer than five feet, plan on two. Ceilings of any pitch work, since the fixture hangs from a hook rather than mounting flush.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean the painted metal shade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch it off and let the bulb cool, then dust the shade inside and out with a dry microfibre cloth before wiping the exterior with a barely damp cloth. Do not use solvent cleaners, scouring pads, or anything abrasive on the painted finish, since the colour is a surface coating. Keep water away from the socket and from the white interior, where spotting from drips is difficult to remove.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I know about shipping and delivery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3-5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7-15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided. The shade ships with an inner collar of foam so the rim cannot deform, and the long cord is coiled and taped rather than kinked.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do returns and warranty work for this fixture?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e30-day returns on unused items in original packaging, which gives you time to test the colour against your room in daylight as well as at night. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module, including the shade mounting, cord, and switch, against defects in materials and workmanship. The listing is ETL for dry locations, so it belongs indoors and away from damp rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500388114799,"sku":"B0DRG28VVX","price":99.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/613gLc2T0CL.jpg?v=1789876567"},{"product_id":"recessed-to-pendant-light-converter-kit-5-and-6-inch-can-lig","title":"Recessed to Pendant Light Converter Kit 5 and 6 inch Can Light Conversion, Includes E26","description":"\u003ch1\u003eRecessed to Pendant Light Converter Kit for 5-Inch and 6-Inch Can Lights\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA retrofit converter kit that turns an existing recessed can light into a pendant outlet without new wiring or new ceiling holes, aimed at homeowners whose kitchen already has a row of six-inch downlights and who want pendants over the island instead. The kit supplies a pre-wired E26 socket, an expanding bracket, and a cover plate; the pendant shade itself is chosen separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bracket adjusts outward to grip can openings from five to six inches, and the reinforced mounting plate is rated to carry fixtures up to 50 pounds, so most glass or metal pendants hang safely from it. Installation happens at the existing can: the trim comes down, the socket connects to the wires already there, and the medallion hides the opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable bracket fits standard recessed can openings from 5\" to 6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal bracket, reinforced screws, round mounting plate, decorative cover plate and ceiling medallion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePre-wired E26 medium-base socket (bulb and pendant shade sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified - set by the E26 bulb and pendant shade you choose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified - depends on the bulb used and the existing wall control on the circuit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardwired, connects to the wiring already present in the recessed can\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110-120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUses the existing wall switch that controls the can light circuit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified; kit is rated to support fixtures up to 50 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Recessed to Pendant Converter Kit, 5\\\"-6\\\" Can Light with Wired E26 Socket\",\n  \"description\": \"A retrofit converter kit that turns an existing recessed can light into a pendant outlet without new wiring or new ceiling holes, aimed at homeowners whose kitchen already has a row of six-inch downlights and who want pendants over the island instead. The kit supplies a pre-wired E26 socket, an expanding bracket, and a cover plate; the pendant shade itself is chosen separately. The bracket adjusts outward to grip can openings from five to six inches, and the reinforced mounting plate is rated to\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0DC2Z1ZGT.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0DC2Z1ZGT\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/recessed-can-pendant-converter-kit\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"51.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecessed cans were installed in American kitchens by the million during the 1990s and 2000s, and the retrofit exists because replacing one with a surface-mounted fixture normally means cutting, patching, and repainting. This kit sidesteps all of that by treating the can as the structural anchor it already is.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe load path is the part worth understanding: rather than hanging weight from the can's trim ring, the bracket expands against the inside of the housing and transfers it up through reinforced screws, which is why a 50-pound rating is credible on a piece this small. The ceiling medallion is not decoration alone; the opening left by a removed baffle trim is often wider than the plate, and the medallion covers that gap cleanly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLIGHTEXP stocks this as infrastructure rather than as a fixture, which is how it should be judged: the finish work belongs to whichever pendant hangs below it. Pairing a neutral plate with an obvious fixture lets one hardware purchase serve several rooms over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConverting two or three cans over a kitchen island.\u003c\/strong\u003e In a kitchen where the cans already sit roughly where pendants belong, converting the two nearest the centre gives an island the look of a pendant run without patching four drywall holes between them. Turn the breaker off, drop the trim and reflector, fit the socket, and let your own shade choice set the tone: clear glass for a working kitchen, opaque metal for something more sculptural. The can nearest the sink often makes the best single conversion of all.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA single can over a dining nook or hallway.\u003c\/strong\u003e One converted can centred over a small round table changes the way the corner reads after dark, because light now comes from a visible object instead of an invisible hole in the ceiling. Keep the drop short in a hallway so nobody brushes the shade, and choose a low-glare globe if the fixture sits in a sightline. For a sense of what different shades do in small dining corners, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e pages carry plenty of examples.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn a condo or rental where ceiling work is restricted.\u003c\/strong\u003e Because the kit uses the wiring and housing already in place, nothing structural changes and the modification can be reversed by refitting the original trim at move-out. Check with your building manager first, since some associations treat any alteration to recessed fixtures as permanent. If you are planning a wider change, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e explain how can spacing maps onto pendant runs, and the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e lists shades that suit this mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck your can opening against the 5 to 6 inch range, then pick the shade that finishes the job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I install this without an electrician?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit is designed for retrofit without new wiring, since it uses the conductors already inside the can, and no cutting or patching is involved. You will need a ladder, a screwdriver, wire nuts, and a non-contact voltage tester, plus the breaker switched off before anything is touched. Anyone not comfortable identifying a live conductor should book an electrician, which is usually under an hour per fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it work with existing switch and dimmer setups?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit keeps whatever control exists on the circuit, so the wall switch or dimmer that operated the can continues to operate the pendant. Because the socket is a standard E26 base, dimming behaviour follows the bulb fitted and the dimmer already installed: a dimmable LED on a compatible dimmer dims, while a non-dimmable lamp will flicker or buzz.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat can sizes does it fit, and how much weight will it hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bracket expands and contracts to fit standard recessed cans with openings from five to six inches, which covers the majority of residential housings in the US. Measure the inside diameter of your can before ordering, since remodel-style cans can differ from new-construction ones. Reinforced screws and strong brackets carry fixtures up to 50 pounds when fitted to a can that is itself securely fastened to ceiling framing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I maintain it after installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvery few months, and before changing a bulb, switch off the circuit and check that the mounting plate sits flush and the centre screw is still snug, since vibration from nearby doors can loosen it slightly. Dust the cover plate and medallion with a dry cloth; avoid wet cleaning around the socket, and stay within the wattage marked on both socket and can.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does delivery take, and how is the kit packed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3-5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7-15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided. The bracket, plate, and medallion ship flat-packed with the hardware bagged separately, and the socket is wrapped so the threads cannot be damaged in transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the return and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e30-day returns on unused items in original packaging, which matters here because the correct size depends on measuring the can before you commit. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module, meaning bracket, plate, screws, and the pre-wired socket, against defects in materials and workmanship under normal residential use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500388147567,"sku":"B0DC2Z1ZGT","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/61pYTvVlyaL.jpg?v=1789876568"},{"product_id":"edishine-2-pack-pendant-light-kitchen-island-clear-glass-glo","title":"EDISHINE 2-Pack Pendant Light Kitchen Island Clear Glass Globe Black","description":"\u003ch1\u003eSet of 2 Clear Glass Globe Pendant Lights with Adjustable Rod Mount\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA matched pair of clear glass globe pendant lights hung on interchangeable metal rods rather than cords, intended for households fitting out a kitchen island or dining table who want two identical fixtures without buying twice. Each globe measures 7.3 inches across and takes a common E26 bulb, leaving the lamp itself visible through clear glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pair ships with three 12-inch rods and one 6-inch rod per fixture, so drop height is set by how many sections you thread together rather than by cutting anything. A swivel adapter at the canopy lets both pendants hang plumb on a sloped or vaulted ceiling, which is the usual reason a globe pair looks off in older houses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlobe shade 7.3\" diameter; adjustable drop via three 12\" rods and one 6\" rod (up to 42\" of rod)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear glass globe with black metal rods and socket, gold-finished canopy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x E26 medium-base bulb per fixture, 60W maximum (bulbs sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified - set by the E26 bulb you choose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified - no dimmer supplied; dimming depends on the bulb and wall control used\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardwired to a ceiling junction box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110-120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall switch controlled (hardwired installation)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear glass with black metalwork and gold canopy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Clear Glass Globe Pendant Light, Set of 2 \\u2014 Black Rod Mount, Gold Canopy\",\n  \"description\": \"A matched pair of clear glass globe pendant lights hung on interchangeable metal rods rather than cords, intended for households fitting out a kitchen island or dining table who want two identical fixtures without buying twice. Each globe measures 7.3 inches across and takes a common E26 bulb, leaving the lamp itself visible through clear glass. The pair ships with three 12-inch rods and one 6-inch rod per fixture, so drop height is set by how many sections you thread together rather than by cut\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0FK5H3DYM.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0FK5H3DYM\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/glass-globe-pendant-2-pack\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"139.00\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe globe is the oldest useful shade geometry in residential lighting, and it survives because a sphere distributes light evenly in every direction, including upward. Some of that upward light reaches the ceiling, which keeps the room from feeling bottom-heavy after dark.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRod suspension was chosen over cord for this pair because rods hold a true vertical line and do not drift or curl over time, which matters when two fixtures are read against each other across an island. The shade opens at the bottom, so a bulb can be changed by hand without unhanging anything. The black rods and socket hold their finish against skin oils, while the gold canopy is the one deliberate flourish, visible mainly from across the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLIGHTEXP includes the swivel adapter as standard rather than as an add-on, because a sloped-ceiling install is common enough that treating it as a special case leaves too many pairs returned. The result reads vintage without leaning on faux-ageing or decorative filigree.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo over a kitchen island, rods set to the same length.\u003c\/strong\u003e With both globes hanging at identical height and spaced about 24 to 30 inches apart, the pair reads as one deliberate composition rather than two lamps that happen to share a ceiling. Clear glass here means an ST64 or A19 filament bulb becomes part of the look, so match filament colour to your hardware: warm amber against brass pulls, white frosted against stainless. Islands of six feet take a pair comfortably. Sizing and spacing for rod hangs is covered in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlanking a bathroom vanity or a hallway mirror.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two globes at face height either side of a mirror give even light across both cheeks, which is why this arrangement is standard in older hotel bathrooms and still beats a single overhead bar. Use 6-inch rod sections only, keeping the fixtures tight to the ceiling if the room is narrow, and pair them with a stone countertop and unlacquered brass tapware where the gold canopy can pick up warm metal nearby. Installation height in wet-adjacent rooms should be checked against your local code.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn a small cafe or breakfast room.\u003c\/strong\u003e The pair works at commercial scale too: over a two-top or along a stair landing, clear globes throw enough light to read a menu or a handrail without hot spots, and replacement bulbs are whatever the nearest hardware store carries in E26. Set one longer than the other only where the ceiling steps, where the ceiling itself steps. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e pages show globe fixtures used in both residential and small commercial rooms. Coordinating pieces sit in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e if you want the same glass elsewhere.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTake the pair home and set your own spacing from those three rod lengths.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow difficult is it to install this pair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach fixture is hardwired to a ceiling junction box, and the rods thread together before the wiring is connected, so most of the work happens at floor level. Expect to use a screwdriver, wire nuts from the hardware pack, and a non-contact voltage tester; the swivel adapter attaches to the box first and the rods follow. Two fixtures over a standard island is a straightforward job for anyone comfortable turning off a breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat bulbs fit, and can the pair be dimmed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach globe takes one E26 medium-base bulb at up to 60 watts, including LED, CFL, incandescent, and halogen types; the standardized base means replacements are easy to find for the life of the fixture. Bulbs are not included. The fixtures carry no dimming electronics, so dimming behaviour depends on choosing dimmable lamps paired with a compatible wall dimmer on the circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat hanging lengths can I achieve, and will it work on a sloped ceiling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree 12-inch rods and one 6-inch rod per fixture combine to give several fixed lengths up to 42 inches of rod before the shade itself is counted, so you can match standard eight-foot ceilings or drop lower in a vaulted room. Rods are added rather than cut, so the length can be changed later. Yes, sloped ceilings are supported: the swivel adapter keeps each pendant hanging vertically regardless of ceiling angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should the glass be cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch the fixture off and let the lamp cool, then wipe the globe with a lightly dampened microfibre cloth and dry it with a second cloth to avoid streaks. The kit includes cotton gloves for installation, and they are worth keeping for handling the glass later, since fingerprints show under every lit filament. Do not immerse the shade or let cleaner run into the socket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the set shipped and how long does it take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3-5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7-15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided. Both glass globes travel in separate moulded cavities, and the rod packs are bagged so metal cannot scuff glass in transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the return policy and warranty cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e30-day returns on unused items in original packaging, so keep the carton until both fixtures are installed and you are happy with the drop height. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module, including canopies, rods, swivel adapters, and sockets, against defects in materials and workmanship under normal residential use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500388180335,"sku":"B0FK5H3DYM","price":139.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/71bFeeXR5HL.jpg?v=1789876569"},{"product_id":"modern-black-farmhouse-pendant-light-with-glass-shade-indust","title":"Modern Black Farmhouse Pendant Light with Glass Shade,Industrial Pendant Lighting","description":"\u003ch1\u003eMatte Black Glass Shade Pendant Light with 59-Inch Adjustable Cord\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hardwired pendant light with a clear glass shade, a matte black canopy, and a cord that adjusts to 59 inches, built for kitchen owners who want straightforward farmhouse lighting over an island or sink without being locked into one drop height. Clear glass leaves the bulb visible, which means the fixture takes on the character of whatever lamp you choose: an exposed filament, a frosted LED, or something between.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe canopy measures 4.7 inches across, so it covers a standard ceiling box without extra trim, and the cord is trimmed at installation to suit ceilings from standard eight-foot rooms to taller farmhouse volumes. Bulbs thread into a common E26 base at up to 60 watts, a size every hardware store carries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCanopy base 4.7\" diameter; adjustable cord up to 59\" max; shade dimensions not published\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear glass shade with metal canopy and socket, matte black finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x E26 medium-base bulb, 60W maximum (bulb sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified - set by the E26 bulb you choose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot dimmable on its own - depends on the bulb and wall dimmer selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardwired to a ceiling junction box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110-120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall switch controlled (hardwired installation)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatte black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Matte Black Glass Pendant Light, Clear Shade with 59\\\" Adjustable Cord \\u2014 Farmhouse Kitchen\",\n  \"description\": \"A hardwired pendant light with a clear glass shade, a matte black canopy, and a cord that adjusts to 59 inches, built for kitchen owners who want straightforward farmhouse lighting over an island or sink without being locked into one drop height. Clear glass leaves the bulb visible, which means the fixture takes on the character of whatever lamp you choose: an exposed filament, a frosted LED, or something between. The canopy measures 4.7 inches across, so it covers a standard ceiling box without\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0CB2CYCS6.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0CB2CYCS6\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/matte-black-glass-pendant\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"39.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe decision to use clear glass rather than frosted or opal glass comes down to how much control the owner should keep. A clear shade hides nothing, so the visible lamp becomes part of the design; diffuse glass would fix the look at the factory and take that choice away.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe black canopy is finished matte rather than gloss because gloss reads as a highlight under downlight, drawing the eye away from the shade and toward the ceiling line. Adjustment happens at the canopy via a cord grip rather than a chain loop, so slack cord is taken up inside the canopy instead of coiled above it, keeping the line clean where the fixture meets the ceiling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLIGHTEXP keeps this shape in the catalogue because it spans three idioms at once: enough geometry for industrial schemes, enough restraint for transitional rooms, and enough plainness for a working farmhouse kitchen. It is a stock shape used deliberately, not one dressed up to look bespoke.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn a row of two or three over a kitchen island.\u003c\/strong\u003e Spacing pendants roughly 24 to 30 inches apart along the island's long axis gives each one its own pool of light without leaving dark patches between them, which is what happens when fixtures are pushed too far apart. Aim for 30 to 34 inches of clearance between counter and shade so people can stand and talk across the island without looking into a bulb. ST64 filament lamps suit unlacquered brass hardware and open shelving; frosted LEDs are the quieter choice against painted shaker cabinetry. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e cover island spacing and drop height in detail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSingly, above the kitchen sink.\u003c\/strong\u003e One pendant centred over a farmhouse or undermount sink turns the least considered spot in the kitchen into the best lit one, which matters more than most people expect when washing up after a dinner party. Hang it high enough that the shade clears the tallest person's sightline to the window. Because the glass is transparent, a clear bulb here is more comfortable than a bright white globe, and the matte black canopy disappears against almost any ceiling colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAs a pair over a breakfast nook or a hallway console.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two fixtures at staggered heights along a narrow table read intentionally asymmetric rather than matched, which suits transitional interiors that borrow from several periods. Keep the shades at eye level or just above and pair them with spindle-back chairs or a slim bench and a jute runner. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e section shows similar pairings over small tables and in entries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you are assembling a matching scheme across several rooms, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e includes coordinating black fixtures for dining and bedroom spaces, and one or two of these pendants make a reasonable start.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this a professional installation, or can I fit it myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fixture is hardwired to a ceiling junction box, so professional installation is recommended if you are not comfortable working with household wiring. Mounting hardware and an installation guide are included, and the job involves connecting three wires with the supplied nuts and then securing the canopy. Allow access to the box, a screwdriver, wire strippers, and a non-contact voltage tester.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs can I use, and will it dim?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAny E26 medium-base bulb up to 60 watts fits, including LED, CFL, incandescent, and halogen types. The fixture itself carries no dimming electronics, so whether it dims depends on the bulb and the wall dimmer you pair it with: a dimmable LED lamp with a compatible trailing-edge dimmer will dim, while a non-dimmable lamp will not respond and may buzz.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know if 59 inches of cord suits my ceiling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cord adjusts up to 59 inches from the canopy, which covers standard eight-foot ceilings as well as taller rooms where you want the shade lower over an island. Measure from the ceiling to roughly 30 to 34 inches above your counter or table, then add nothing extra, since the cord is trimmed at the canopy during installation. The canopy spans 4.7 inches and covers a standard round or octagonal box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I clean the glass and the black canopy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch the fixture off and let the lamp cool before touching it. Clean the glass with a soft cloth sprayed lightly with glass cleaner, spraying the cloth rather than the shade so no liquid runs down into the socket. Dust the matte black canopy with a dry microfibre cloth and avoid abrasive pads or solvent sprays, which can leave permanent marks on the matte surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen will my order ship, and how is it packed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3-5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7-15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided. The glass shade sits in a shaped foam cavity separate from the hardware pack so nothing rattles against it in transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the returns and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e30-day returns on unused items in original packaging, so it is worth keeping the carton until the fixture is installed and you are sure about the height. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module, including canopy, cord, and socket, against defects in materials and workmanship under normal residential use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500388213103,"sku":"B0CB2CYCS6","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/41CNUziAPJL.jpg?v=1789876571"},{"product_id":"plug-in-pendant-light-industrial-hanging-light-with-plug-in","title":"Plug in Pendant Light, Industrial Hanging Light with Plug in Cord Hemp Rope On\/Off Switch","description":"\u003ch1\u003ePlug-In Pendant Light with Hand-Woven Hemp Rope Shade and Inline Switch\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA plug-in pendant light with a hand-woven hemp rope shade and a cord that runs to any standard wall outlet, made for renters and homeowners who want a hung fixture without opening a ceiling or hiring an electrician. Because the weave is open rather than solid, light leaves the shade along its full length and throws a loose braided pattern across the wall behind it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shade is braided by hand, which leaves small variations in cord spacing that read as texture once the bulb is lit. The socket takes one E26 medium-base bulb up to 60W, and an inline on\/off switch sits on the cord within easy reach. It works over a kitchen island, beside a reading chair, or at a bedside where hardwiring is impractical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand-braided natural hemp rope and rattan weave over a wire frame; metal E26 socket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x E26 medium-base bulb, 60W maximum (bulb sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified - set by the E26 bulb you choose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot dimmable - supplied cord switch is on\/off only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug-in cord, no ceiling junction box or hardwiring required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110-120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInline on\/off switch on the cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUL Listed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Hand-Woven Hemp Rope Plug-In Pendant Light, Natural Woven Shade \\u2014 Boho Kitchen Island\",\n  \"description\": \"A plug-in pendant light with a hand-woven hemp rope shade and a cord that runs to any standard wall outlet, made for renters and homeowners who want a hung fixture without opening a ceiling or hiring an electrician. Because the weave is open rather than solid, light leaves the shade along its full length and throws a loose braided pattern across the wall behind it. Each shade is braided by hand, which leaves small variations in cord spacing that read as texture once the bulb is lit. The socket t\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0DK1JT9F9.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0DK1JT9F9\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/plug-in-hemp-rope-pendant\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"59.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  },\n  \"certification\": \"UL Listed\"\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWoven shades came back into lighting design for an optical reason rather than a nostalgic one. A braided sleeve breaks up the filament image and pushes light sideways instead of throwing it in a single direction, which softens the falloff between lit and unlit surfaces around the fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHere the shade is built as a continuous braid over a wire frame rather than a cord-wrapped cylinder, so it holds its taper without glue lines or a visible seam. Hemp and rattan were chosen over paper or synthetic line because the natural fibre stays matte under artificial light and does not develop the sheen that synthetic cords show near the socket. The cord, switch, and socket assembly is UL Listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLIGHTEXP carries this piece in the plug-in category because it answers a specific housing problem: apartments and older rooms without a ceiling junction box still deserve a proper hanging fixture. A replaceable E26 base rather than a sealed module leaves bulb choice with the owner, which also keeps the shade useful if output requirements change later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOver a small kitchen island or breakfast table.\u003c\/strong\u003e One fixture hung roughly 30 inches above the counter puts warm light where hands are actually working: chopping, plating, sorting homework while dinner finishes. The open weave softens the output enough that nobody squints across the table, and the natural tone sits comfortably against oak or ash cabinetry with unglazed stoneware. Route the cord along the underside of a shelf or hook rail so it reads as deliberate rather than temporary. For hanging heights above islands and tables, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e set out the measurements in full.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBeside a bed in place of a table lamp.\u003c\/strong\u003e Hung low next to a nightstand, the pendant frees the surface for a book and a glass of water and puts the switch where a hand finds it without sitting up. Choose a warm-white bulb near 2700K for this position, since the weave filters what passes through and brings the result closer to candlelight than task light. It pairs naturally with linen bedding and a low wool rug underfoot. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e section shows bedside and reading-corner schemes built around woven fixtures.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn a rental living room or a covered reading corner.\u003c\/strong\u003e Tenants cannot cut into ceilings, and this is the case the plug-in cord exists for: one ceiling hook and one wall outlet are enough, and both come away at move-out without patching compound. Set it above a slub-linen armchair, add a remote-dimming bulb if you want less output from the chair, and the corner becomes the place people drift toward after dinner. If you are fitting out several rooms, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e has coordinating woven pieces for dining and entry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAdd one to your cart and see how much a single outlet changes a room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this pendant need to be hardwired, and what tools are involved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo hardwiring is involved. The fixture plugs into a standard wall outlet and hangs from a ceiling hook using the hardware in the accessories pack, so there is no ceiling junction box to open. Assembly consists of fitting the socket and shade together, threading a bulb, and placing the hook; a drill is only needed if you prefer to anchor that hook into a joist rather than use the supplied fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs fit this fixture, and can it be dimmed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe socket accepts one E26 medium-base bulb at up to 60 watts, so standard A19 LED, filament-style, and globe bulbs in that base all fit. The switch supplied on the cord is an on\/off switch rather than a dimmer, so the fixture is not dimmable as sold. For adjustable output, either fit a bulb that dims by its own remote or plug the fixture into an outlet controlled by a wall dimmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is the shade, and how do I judge whether it fits my space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer does not publish shade dimensions for this piece, so check your available height and plan clearance before you hang it. As a working rule, one pendant of this type covers roughly three to four feet of counter or table length, positioned about 30 to 34 inches above the surface so sightlines across the table stay open. A ceiling hook also lets you change the drop later without tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean a woven hemp shade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch the fixture off and let the bulb cool, then dust the weave with a soft brush attachment or a dry microfibre cloth, working along the braid rather than across it. Avoid water, solvents, and spray cleaners, because natural hemp and rattan absorb moisture and can stain or lose their shape. A short burst from a hairdryer on the cool setting lifts dust out of the tighter turns of the weave.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long will delivery take, and how is it packed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3-5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7-15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided. The braided shade travels nested in moulded foam so the weave cannot be crushed in transit, and the cord is coiled separately rather than folded.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat if I need to return it, and what does the warranty cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e30-day returns on unused items in original packaging, so hold on to the carton until you have decided whether the fixture suits the room. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module, including the socket and cord assembly, against defects in materials and workmanship. Bulbs are consumable and are not covered, which is one reason this design keeps a standard replaceable E26 base.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500388245871,"sku":"B0DK1JT9F9","price":59.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/61Itbw052JL.jpg?v=1789876572"},{"product_id":"boho-plug-in-pendant-light-ceiling-lamp","title":"Boho Plug in Pendant Light Ceiling Lamp","description":"\u003ch1\u003eWoven Paper Rattan Cylinder Pendant with 15ft Hemp Cord and Inline Switch\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis woven paper rattan cylinder pendant from LIGHTEXP is for a hallway, dining corner or bedroom that needs a small hanging light with warmth in the material and no wiring work. The shade is 4.72 inches wide and 5.90 inches tall, and it hangs from a 15-foot braided hemp cord.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePaper rattan is rattan worked into fine strands before weaving, so the cylinder holds a crisp shape at this size while the gaps between strands still let light through. The cord carries an inline on\/off switch and plugs into a normal outlet; bulbs are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShade 4.72\" W x 5.90\" H; cord 15 ft (450 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand-woven paper rattan shade with braided hemp rope cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x E26 base bulb (bulb sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified; set by the E26 bulb installed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimmable with a dimmable bulb and compatible dimmer; the inline switch is on\/off\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug-in cord, no hardwiring required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInline on\/off switch on the cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural paper rattan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Paper Rattan Cylinder Pendant Light \\u2014 Plug-In Woven Shade, 15ft Hemp Cord\",\n  \"description\": \"This woven paper rattan cylinder pendant from LIGHTEXP is for a hallway, dining corner or bedroom that needs a small hanging light with warmth in the material and no wiring work. The shade is 4.72 inches wide and 5.90 inches tall, and it hangs from a 15-foot braided hemp cord. Paper rattan is rattan worked into fine strands before weaving, so the cylinder holds a crisp shape at this size while the gaps between strands still let light through. The cord carries an inline on\/off switch and plugs in\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0CWDFBHWK.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0CWDFBHWK\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/paper-rattan-cylinder-pendant\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"39.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA cylinder is the simplest shade geometry after a cone, and at 4.72 by 5.90 inches it is a tall, narrow proportion. That changes how the light behaves: the walls of the cylinder sit close to the bulb, so the whole surface lights up rather than only the bottom ring.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe material then does the rest. Woven paper rattan is translucent in the strand and open between strands, so the cylinder throws a stacked, ringed pattern onto the wall instead of one soft pool. The hemp cord is braided rather than twisted flat, which matters because in a plug-in installation the cord is the visible element and braiding keeps it round under its own weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWithin the LIGHTEXP range this is the smallest of the woven pendants, and it works as a ceiling pendant, a hanging lamp or a wall light depending on how the cord is routed. It suits boho, farmhouse and art deco rooms alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHallway or corridor.\u003c\/strong\u003e The narrow cylinder is proportioned for passages, where a wide shade would protrude into the walking line and a ceiling fitting would leave the wall dark. Someone coming in at night gets a warm glow at eye height and a ringed pattern repeated along the wall, which gives a plain corridor somewhere to look. Pair it with a runner, a console shelf and a framed print. Placement and cord routing for hallways are covered in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDining corner or small kitchen.\u003c\/strong\u003e Hung over a two-person table or a narrow counter, the cylinder concentrates light into a compact pool and leaves the rest of the room quieter, which is what makes a small eating area feel defined. Someone eating breakfast or working at a laptop sees the surface clearly, and the woven texture keeps the light from feeling clinical against tile or laminate. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e pages show small woven pendants in kitchens and informal dining corners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBedroom or reading room.\u003c\/strong\u003e Beside a chair or a daybed, the cylinder puts light at shoulder height and takes no floor space, and the shaded sides mean the lamp can be looked at directly without discomfort. Used as a bedside light it leaves the nightstand clear for a book and a glass. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e carries further woven pieces if you want to repeat the material through the home. Fit a warm E26 bulb and hang it where the outlet allows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it installed, and what tools are needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pendant plugs into a standard outlet, so there is no ceiling box to find and no electrician to book. Hang the hemp cord from a hook in the position you want, screw in an E26 bulb and use the inline switch; installation instructions and the required accessories are included. A drill is only needed if you are fixing a new hook into plasterboard or masonry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs fit, and can it be dimmed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe socket is a standard E26 US base, compatible with Edison, CFL and LED bulbs, and the bulb is not included. The inline switch on the cord is on\/off only. The fixture is fully dimmable when a dimmable bulb is used with a compatible dimmer, so buy both together if you want variable levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is it, and how much room does it need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shade measures 4.72 inches wide by 5.90 inches high, which is a small, tall cylinder, and the cord is 15 feet or 450 cm long. That length allows a full drop from a 10-foot ceiling as well as a closer hang in a low room, and any slack should be coiled or routed along the wall rather than cut. The narrow width suits passages, corners and bedside use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I clean and care for the shade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDust the woven surface with a soft brush or the brush attachment of a vacuum held slightly away from the material, following the direction of the strands. For marks, wipe with a barely damp cloth and dry immediately; do not soak the shade or use solvent sprays, since moisture can swell the strands and loosen the weave. Keep it away from heat sources.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long will delivery take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3-5 business days and standard delivery takes 7-15 business days, with tracking provided. The shade ships in protective foam-in-box packaging with the cord coiled separately so the woven cylinder is not crushed in transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the return and warranty policy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted within 30 days of delivery on unused items in original packaging. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module, which includes the woven paper rattan shade, cord, inline switch and socket, against defects under normal residential use. The bulb you supply yourself is covered by its own manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500388278639,"sku":"B0CWDFBHWK","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/71StauCxoPL.jpg?v=1789876573"},{"product_id":"2-pack-gold-globe-pendant-lights-mid-century-gold-pendant-li","title":"2 Pack Gold Globe Pendant Lights, Mid Century Gold Pendant Light Fixtures, Globe Pendant","description":"\u003ch1\u003e2-Pack Brushed Gold Opal Glass Globe Pendants with Adjustable 21.5–50 Inch Rods\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 2-pack of brushed gold globe pendants from LIGHTEXP is for a kitchen island, peninsula or small dining table where a warm, diffuse light is wanted rather than a visible filament. Each fixture carries an opal glass shade 6.3 inches wide and 7.2 inches tall on a brushed gold rod.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOpal glass is used because it scatters light through its thickness, so the shade glows across its whole surface instead of showing a bright point at the bulb. Hanging height adjusts from 21.5 to 50 inches by adding or removing rod sections, and the canopy suits flat and sloped ceilings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShade 6.3\" W x 7.2\" H; hanging height adjustable 21.5\" to 50\" using one 4\" rod and three 12\" rods\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpal (milk) glass shade with brushed gold metal rod and canopy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x E26 base bulb per fixture (bulbs sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified; set by the E26 bulb installed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimmable with a dimmable bulb and compatible dimmer switch, neither included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardwired to a ceiling junction box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110-120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall switch control; dimmer switch not included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrushed gold with opal glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Brushed Gold Opal Glass Globe Pendant, 2-Pack \\u2014 Adjustable Rod, Mid-Century\",\n  \"description\": \"This 2-pack of brushed gold globe pendants from LIGHTEXP is for a kitchen island, peninsula or small dining table where a warm, diffuse light is wanted rather than a visible filament. Each fixture carries an opal glass shade 6.3 inches wide and 7.2 inches tall on a brushed gold rod. Opal glass is used because it scatters light through its thickness, so the shade glows across its whole surface instead of showing a bright point at the bulb. Hanging height adjusts from 21.5 to 50 inches by adding o\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0FC6RNT3C.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0FC6RNT3C\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/gold-opal-glass-pendant\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"139.00\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpal glass addresses a problem that clear glass creates. With a clear shade the bulb is always visible, so the fixture is only as calm as the lamp inside it, whereas opal glass diffuses output through the material itself and the shade reads as one luminous sphere.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rod system is why the pair can be hung at exactly matching heights. A cord has to be cut or coiled and its length drifts, while spliced rods give fixed increments: one 4-inch section and three 12-inch sections, so both fixtures can be set identically. The spliced column is also stiffer than a cord, which keeps a globe of this size from wobbling when a door closes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn the LIGHTEXP catalogue this pair belongs to the mid-century group, where a warm metal and a diffusing round shade are set against plain cabinetry. Brushed gold rather than polished was chosen so the finish does not mirror the room back at itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen island, two over the run.\u003c\/strong\u003e A pair spaced evenly along a five to seven foot island delivers two overlapping pools of soft light, so the worktop is lit end to end rather than bright in the middle. Someone chopping vegetables or supervising homework at the island works without a visible filament in their line of sight, which matters when you are standing at a counter for an hour. Pair the brushed gold with warm white cabinetry and brass hardware. Spacing and drop heights for two-pendant runs are set out in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDining table or breakfast nook.\u003c\/strong\u003e Opal glass is at its best where people sit for a while, because the shade stays comfortable to look at from a chair and does not put a bright point in anyone's eye across the table. A weekday breakfast reads bright with the right bulb; dimmed in the evening, the two globes give a low, even glow that suits a longer dinner. The 21.5-inch minimum drop works well over a table in a room with a lower ceiling. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e pages show paired globes over both round and rectangular tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBedroom, living room or a small bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e Flanking a bed or a sofa, the pair replaces two table lamps and clears the surfaces beside them, and with a dimmer the globes drop to a low evening level. In a bar or serving corner hung at the short end of the adjustment, they light the counter without taking up any of it. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e includes further brushed gold pieces for adjoining rooms. Choose dimmable E26 bulbs if you want the pair to work from morning to evening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow difficult is installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth pendants hardwire to a standard ceiling junction box, and the mechanical side is simple: mount the bracket, connect the wires, then screw together the rod sections for the height you want. The maker states most people finish in around 10 minutes, though anyone unsure about household wiring should use a licensed electrician. Instructions and hardware are included, and the canopy suits flat and sloped ceilings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs fit, and does it dim?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach fixture takes one E26 base bulb, in LED, incandescent, halogen or vintage filament type, and bulbs are not included. The pendants work with dimmable bulbs and dimmer switches, neither of which is supplied, so buy both together if dimming matters. Filament bulbs suit the look, though with opal glass the filament itself will not be visible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the dimensions, and how should I space them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach globe is 6.3 inches wide and 7.2 inches tall, and the spliced rods set the hang anywhere from 21.5 to 50 inches using one 4-inch and three 12-inch sections. Two fixtures suit an island or table of roughly five to seven feet, spaced at equal intervals with the rims about 30 inches above the surface. The short minimum drop is useful in rooms with lower ceilings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean opal glass?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch off the power and let the bulb cool, then wipe the shade with a dry microfibre cloth; for kitchen film, use a cloth barely dampened with water and a drop of mild dish soap and dry it afterwards. Avoid abrasive pads and solvent sprays, which can mark the glass surface. Dust the brushed gold rod with a dry cloth only, since polishing compounds can damage the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does delivery take, and how is it packed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3-5 business days and standard delivery takes 7-15 business days, with tracking provided. Both glass shades ship in protective foam-in-box packaging, nested separately with the rods bagged so the shades cannot touch each other in transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the returns and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted within 30 days of delivery on unused items in original packaging, and because the fixtures are sold as a matched pair, the set is returned together. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module, including the glass shades, rod assembly, canopy and sockets, against defects under normal residential use. Bulbs you add yourself carry their own manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500388311407,"sku":"B0FC6RNT3C","price":139.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/61iAPw_4WdL.jpg?v=1789876575"},{"product_id":"hanging-light-ceiling-lamp-pendant-lights-rattan-hanging-lam","title":"Hanging Light Ceiling Lamp Pendant Lights Rattan Hanging Lamp with Plug in Cord for","description":"\u003ch1\u003eHand-Woven Rattan Basket Pendant with 15ft Plug-In Cord and On\/Off Switch\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hand-woven rattan basket pendant from LIGHTEXP is for a living room, bedroom or dining corner that wants a large woven shade without calling an electrician. The shade measures 11.81 inches across and 13 inches high, and it hangs from a 15-foot cord that plugs into a standard outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe weave is open enough to send pattern across the ceiling and walls in every direction rather than producing one downward pool, which is what a solid shade of this size would do. A metal frame inside holds the basket form, and bulbs are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShade 11.81\" diameter x 13\" H; cord 15 ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand-woven natural rattan over a metal frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x E26 base bulb, 60W max (bulb sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified; set by the E26 bulb installed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot dimmable; inline on\/off switch controls the lamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug-in cord, no hardwiring required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110-120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInline on\/off switch on the cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural rattan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Hand-Woven Rattan Basket Pendant Light \\u2014 11.81\\\" Plug-In Shade, 15ft Cord\",\n  \"description\": \"This hand-woven rattan basket pendant from LIGHTEXP is for a living room, bedroom or dining corner that wants a large woven shade without calling an electrician. The shade measures 11.81 inches across and 13 inches high, and it hangs from a 15-foot cord that plugs into a standard outlet. The weave is open enough to send pattern across the ceiling and walls in every direction rather than producing one downward pool, which is what a solid shade of this size would do. A metal frame inside holds the\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0F9F6WC54.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0F9F6WC54\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/rattan-basket-pendant-light\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"79.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA basket shade differs from a drum shade in one important respect: it is open at the top as well as the bottom, so light travels up into the room as well as down onto the table. That is the reason a woven basket of this size throws pattern across the ceiling rather than only on the surface beneath it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe proportions are tall for a pendant. At 11.81 inches across and 13 inches high, the bulb sits well above the lower rim, which keeps the lamp out of view from a normal seated position. The metal frame carries the weave at both rims and stops a basket this tall from bowing outward as it ages.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWithin the LIGHTEXP range this is the largest of the woven plug-in pieces, sized for a room where the fixture is meant to be read from across the space. It sits naturally with timber, linen and limewash, and because it plugs in, it can be moved from one room to another.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLiving room, low over a coffee table.\u003c\/strong\u003e Hung at around 5 and a half feet above the floor, the basket becomes the centre of a seating group without blocking sightlines between sofa and armchair. Someone pouring tea or reading a magazine on the sofa gets a warm pool on the table and a patterned wash travelling up the walls, and the open top means the ceiling does not go dark above it. Pair it with a low linen sofa, a jute rug and a timber coffee table. Heights for low-hanging living room pendants are covered in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBedroom, in place of a bedside lamp.\u003c\/strong\u003e Suspended beside the bed at pillow height, the basket frees the nightstand completely and puts light where a book actually is. The weave breaks the output before it reaches the reader, so an hour of reading is comfortable rather than glary, and the pattern it throws across the wall gives the room some depth at night. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e pages show woven pendants used beside beds and daybeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDining corner, entry or a cafe booth.\u003c\/strong\u003e Over a small round table the shade makes an enclosed, purposeful area out of a corner that a ceiling fitting would leave flat, and the 13-inch height gives the fixture presence without dominating. In an entry it works as the single welcoming object, with light going both up and down. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e carries further woven pieces for adjoining rooms. Add a warm E26 bulb and hang it where you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I install it, and what is needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pendant plugs into a standard outlet, so no ceiling box and no electrician are involved. Fix a hook where you want the fixture, hang the cord, screw in an E26 bulb and switch it on. Installation hardware and instructions are included, and the only tool you might want is a drill if you are fixing a hook into new plasterboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat bulb fits, and does the switch dim?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe socket takes a standard E26 base bulb up to 60W, in incandescent or LED form, and the bulb is not included. Control is the inline on\/off switch on the cord, which is placed within reach so the lamp can be operated without bending down to the outlet. There is no dimming function; choose a lower-output bulb for a softer level.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is it, and how should I hang it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shade is 11.81 inches in diameter and 13 inches high, which is a generous but not oversized basket, and the cord is 15 feet long. That length allows a full drop in a room with a 10-foot ceiling as well as a closer hang in a low attic space. Over a table or seating area, keep the lower rim above eye level when seated, and coil or run the slack cord.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean a woven rattan pendant?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDust the weave with a soft brush or the brush attachment of a vacuum held slightly away from the surface, working along the direction of the strands. For marks, use a barely damp cloth and dry it straight away. Do not soak the rattan or use solvent sprays, since moisture can swell the fibres and loosen the weave, and keep it away from direct heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long will delivery take, and how is it packed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3-5 business days and standard delivery takes 7-15 business days, with tracking provided. The woven shade ships in protective foam-in-box packaging with the cord coiled separately so the basket is not crushed in transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is covered by returns and the warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted within 30 days of delivery on unused items in original packaging. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module, which includes the woven rattan shade, metal frame, cord, inline switch and socket, against defects under normal residential use. The bulb you supply is covered by its own manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500388376943,"sku":"B0F9F6WC54","price":79.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/81PIkY4secL.jpg?v=1789876576"},{"product_id":"plug-in-pendant-light-cord-15ft-industrial-hanging-light-kit","title":"Plug in Pendant Light Cord - 15FT Industrial Hanging Light Kit, Hanging Lights with Plug","description":"\u003ch1\u003e15ft Hemp Rope Plug-In Pendant Cord Kit with On\/Off Knob Switch and Hooks\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 15-foot hemp rope pendant cord kit from LIGHTEXP is for anyone building a hanging light around a shade they already own, or who needs light in a room with no ceiling outlet. The kit is the cord, lamp holder and switch: 11.8 feet from the socket down to the on\/off knob, then 3.2 feet on to the plug.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFour hooks are included, two for the ceiling and two for the wall, so the cord can be routed along a surface instead of left to sag. The hemp rope sleeves a PVC-insulated cable, and the lamp holder uses a heat-resistant material. Bulbs are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCord 15 ft total: 11.8 ft from lamp holder to switch, 3.2 ft from switch to plug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwisted hemp rope sleeve over PVC-insulated cable; heat-resistant lamp holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x E26 or E27 base bulb, 60W max (bulb sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified; set by the bulb you fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot dimmable; on\/off knob switch on the cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug-in cord, no hardwiring required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110-120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn\/off knob switch on the cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUL Listed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural hemp rope\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Hemp Rope Pendant Cord Kit, 15ft \\u2014 UL Listed Plug-In Hanging Light Kit\",\n  \"description\": \"This 15-foot hemp rope pendant cord kit from LIGHTEXP is for anyone building a hanging light around a shade they already own, or who needs light in a room with no ceiling outlet. The kit is the cord, lamp holder and switch: 11.8 feet from the socket down to the on\/off knob, then 3.2 feet on to the plug. Four hooks are included, two for the ceiling and two for the wall, so the cord can be routed along a surface instead of left to sag. The hemp rope sleeves a PVC-insulated cable, and the lamp hold\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0813BXC6Q.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0813BXC6Q\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/hemp-rope-pendant-cord\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"27.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  },\n  \"certification\": \"UL Listed\"\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA cord kit exists so the electrical side of a pendant can be solved independently of what the fixture looks like. What is specified here is the part that normally stays hidden: the insulation, the position of the switch and the load the cord has to carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo details are worth noting. The switch sits 11.8 feet from the socket rather than next to the plug, which puts it within reach when the cord is hung from a high ceiling instead of down at the skirting board. And the hemp rope is a sleeve over a PVC-insulated cable rather than the insulation itself, so the natural material is what is seen while the electrical rating comes from the layer underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWithin the LIGHTEXP range this kit is UL listed and accepts any E26 or E27 lamp up to 60W, which means one cord can carry a bare filament bulb, a metal cage or a woven shade. Fit the hooks, choose a bulb, and the fitting is done.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen island or dining table with a cage or metal shade.\u003c\/strong\u003e The cord supplies the drop and the switch; the shade is whatever you choose to hang on it. Someone eating at a small table or prepping at a short island gets light centred on the surface, and the knob switch on the cord means the fixture can be controlled without walking back to the outlet. Pair a black cage shade with timber stools and a painted base. Drop heights for table and island pendants are set out in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBedroom or living room, used as a wall light.\u003c\/strong\u003e The two wall hooks are the reason this kit works as a sconce: run the cord up the wall from the outlet, across to a hook near the ceiling, and let the lamp hang where a reading light is wanted. Someone in an armchair gets light over the shoulder rather than from a distant ceiling point, and nothing is fixed permanently. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e pages show cord-hung lamps used against plaster and panelled walls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCafe corner, celebration or a temporary room.\u003c\/strong\u003e Because it plugs into a standard outlet and hangs from a single hook, this kit suits a stall, a party, a marquee or a room being used for one evening, and it comes down without leaving wiring behind. Several cords at staggered heights give the clustered look that normally needs hardwired fixtures. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e includes shades sized to fit this cord. Pick your bulb, and the light is working the same day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does installation involve?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere is no wiring to do. Screw the two ceiling hooks and two wall hooks where you want the cord to run, hang the cord, screw in a bulb and plug it in. Fixing the hooks into plasterboard calls for suitable anchors; into timber or a joist, a screwdriver or drill is enough. The switch and plug are already fitted to the cord.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs does it take, and can it dim?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lamp holder accepts E26 and E27 base bulbs up to 60W, including LED, CFL and incandescent, and the bulb is not included. Control is the on\/off knob switch on the cord; there is no dimming function, so choose a lower-output bulb if you want a softer level. The cord is UL listed for electrical safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much reach does the 15-foot cord give me?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cord splits into 11.8 feet from the lamp holder to the switch and 3.2 feet from the switch to the plug, 15 feet in total. That is enough to hang from a 9 or 10 foot ceiling, route along the wall with the hooks, and still reach an outlet. Coil any slack rather than cutting the cable, and keep the bulb clear of the cord itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I look after the cord?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDust the hemp sleeve with a dry cloth and check now and then that the bulb is seated firmly in the holder, since a loose connection causes flicker and heat. Do not exceed the 60W rating, and keep the bulb away from the rope and from anything that can scorch. The cord is intended for indoor use and should be kept dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long will delivery take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3-5 business days and standard delivery takes 7-15 business days, with tracking provided. The cord ships in protective foam-in-box packaging, coiled with the hooks bagged separately so the rope is not crushed in transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the returns and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted within 30 days of delivery on unused items in original packaging. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module, which for this kit means the cord, switch, plug and lamp holder, against defects under normal indoor residential use. Bulbs are not included and carry their own manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500388409711,"sku":"B0813BXC6Q","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/71m711cNgqL.jpg?v=1789876578"},{"product_id":"plug-in-pendant-light-boho-rattan-hanging-lamp-with-15ft-hem","title":"Plug in Pendant Light - Boho Rattan Hanging Lamp with 15ft Hemp Rope Cord","description":"\u003ch1\u003eHand-Woven Rattan Plug-In Pendant with 15ft Jute Cord and Inline Switch\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hand-woven rattan plug-in pendant from LIGHTEXP is for small rooms and rented spaces where a hanging light is wanted and no ceiling box exists. The shade measures 7.3 by 7.5 inches, compact enough for a reading nook or a narrow corner, and it hangs from a 15-foot jute cord.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat cord carries an inline on\/off switch and plugs into a standard outlet, so no electrician is involved and the only fixing needed is a single hook. Wicker is woven over a metal frame to hold the shape, and the open weave throws patterned light across the walls nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShade 7.3\" x 7.5\"; cord 15 ft (500 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand-woven natural rattan and wicker over a metal frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x E26 base bulb, 60W max (bulb sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified; set by the E26 bulb installed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo onboard dimming; an E26 smart bulb can be controlled through its own app\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug-in cord, no hardwiring required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110-120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInline on\/off switch on the cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural rattan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Rattan Plug-In Pendant Light \\u2014 Hand-Woven Wicker Shade, 15ft Jute Cord\",\n  \"description\": \"This hand-woven rattan plug-in pendant from LIGHTEXP is for small rooms and rented spaces where a hanging light is wanted and no ceiling box exists. The shade measures 7.3 by 7.5 inches, compact enough for a reading nook or a narrow corner, and it hangs from a 15-foot jute cord. That cord carries an inline on\/off switch and plugs into a standard outlet, so no electrician is involved and the only fixing needed is a single hook. Wicker is woven over a metal frame to hold the shape, and the open we\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0FN71N42J.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0FN71N42J\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/rattan-plug-in-pendant\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"65.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWoven shades are one of the few ways to make a small fixture read as furniture rather than hardware. Rattan is worked while pliable and dries into whatever form it is bent around, which is why the same material can become a bowl, a drum or a lantern depending on the frame beneath it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe metal frame is what allows the proportions to be this small. At 7.3 by 7.5 inches there is very little material to hold a shape, so a rigid frame carries the weave and keeps the opening true instead of letting it go oval. Jute was chosen for the cord over plastic-insulated wire because a plug-in installation leaves the whole cord visible, and a natural fibre reads as part of the object.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn the LIGHTEXP catalogue this pendant is the renter's answer to a hardwired fitting: one hook, one outlet, and it comes down afterwards leaving almost no trace. It suits coastal and boho rooms where texture matters more than finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReading nook or bedroom corner.\u003c\/strong\u003e Hung low beside an armchair, the shade puts light at the right height for a book while taking up no floor space, which matters in a room too tight for a floor lamp. Someone reading in the evening gets a warm, patterned pool that reaches the page and the wall behind, and the woven sides keep the lamp itself out of direct view. Pair it with a linen slipcover chair, a timber side table and a wool throw. Drop heights for corner pendants are set out in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmall kitchen or breakfast corner.\u003c\/strong\u003e The compact shade works where a full-size island pendant would overwhelm: over a two-person table, a coffee station or a corner of the counter used for prep. Someone making breakfast sees the worktop clearly, and the natural tone warms a kitchen of white tile or pale laminate. Because the cord plugs in, it can be moved if the layout changes. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e pages show woven pendants in kitchens and informal dining corners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNursery, hallway or a plant-filled corner.\u003c\/strong\u003e At the low end of the cord's range the pendant hangs close to the ceiling and casts a soft, textured glow that suits a nursery at night or a narrow hallway where a protruding shade would be in the way. Among houseplants the woven texture sits naturally against the foliage, and the light grazes the leaves rather than flattening them. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e carries further natural-material pieces for other rooms. Fit a warm E26 bulb and let the weave do the rest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it installed, and does it need an electrician?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo electrician and no hardwiring are needed. Hang the cord from any existing bracket or hook, or use the included screws to fix a hook where you want it, then plug the cord into a standard outlet. If you choose to drill a fixing, a drill is the only tool involved; hanging from an existing hook needs nothing at all.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs fit, and how is it controlled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe socket takes a standard E26 base bulb up to 60W, in LED, incandescent or smart bulb form, and the bulb is not included. Control is the inline on\/off switch on the cord. There is no onboard dimming, but fitting an E26 smart bulb gives you level and schedule control through that bulb's own app.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the dimensions, and where does it fit best?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shade is 7.3 by 7.5 inches, which is deliberately small, and the jute cord is 15 feet long, so the drop can be set anywhere from close to the ceiling down to chair height or lower. It suits reading corners, narrow hallways, small tables and anywhere a floor lamp will not fit. Coil or run the slack cord rather than cutting it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean a woven rattan shade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDust the weave with a soft brush or the brush attachment of a vacuum held slightly away from the surface, following the direction of the strands. For marks, wipe with a barely damp cloth and dry straight away; do not saturate the rattan or use solvent sprays, since moisture can swell the fibres and loosen the weave. Keep it away from heat sources.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen will it arrive, and how is it packed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3-5 business days and standard delivery takes 7-15 business days, with tracking provided. The woven shade ships in protective foam-in-box packaging with the cord coiled so the rattan is not crushed in transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the returns and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted within 30 days of delivery on unused items in original packaging. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module, meaning the woven shade, metal frame, cord, inline switch and socket, against defects under normal residential use. The E26 bulb you add yourself is covered by its own manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500388442479,"sku":"B0FN71N42J","price":65.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/81tKxkkXH9L.jpg?v=1789876579"},{"product_id":"arturesthome-wood-pendant-light-cord-kit-with-switch-16-4ft","title":"Arturesthome Wood Pendant Light Cord Kit with Switch,16.4FT Vintage Industrial Hanging","description":"\u003ch1\u003e16.4ft Plug-In Pendant Cord Kit with Wood Socket and Inline On\/Off Switch\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis plug-in pendant cord kit from LIGHTEXP is for anyone who wants a hanging light where no ceiling box exists, or who has a corner that needs a lamp and no way to wire one. The kit is the electrical part only: a 16.4-foot nylon rope cord with a wood bulb connector and an inline on\/off switch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNylon rope is used instead of hemp because it carries its own load without fraying or separating along the length. Screw in an E26 or E27 bulb, plug the cord into an outlet, and hang it from a hook; bulbs are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCord length 16.4 ft; socket and cord only, no shade included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNylon rope cord with wood bulb connector and socket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x E26 or E27 base bulb, 60W max, 40W max incandescent (bulb sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified; set by the bulb you fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot dimmable; the inline switch is on\/off only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug-in cord, no hardwiring required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110-120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInline on\/off switch on the cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural wood socket with rope cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Wood Socket Pendant Cord Kit, 16.4ft \\u2014 Plug-In Hanging Light with On\/Off Switch\",\n  \"description\": \"This plug-in pendant cord kit from LIGHTEXP is for anyone who wants a hanging light where no ceiling box exists, or who has a corner that needs a lamp and no way to wire one. The kit is the electrical part only: a 16.4-foot nylon rope cord with a wood bulb connector and an inline on\/off switch. Nylon rope is used instead of hemp because it carries its own load without fraying or separating along the length. Screw in an E26 or E27 bulb, plug the cord into an outlet, and hang it from a hook; bulbs\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B08DLW2ZNL.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B08DLW2ZNL\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/wood-pendant-cord-kit\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"26.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA cord kit is the least designed object in a lighting catalogue, and that is the point: it supplies the wiring and leaves the appearance to whoever hangs it. The only visible component is the socket, and here that socket is wood rather than moulded plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wood connector does practical work as well. It gives the cord a rigid collar to grip, so the joint where the cord enters the socket resists being pulled loose when the hanging length is adjusted or the lamp is knocked. Nylon rope is specified over hemp for the same reason: it holds load without stretching and does not shed fibre as it ages.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWithin the LIGHTEXP range this is the piece for renters and makers. It installs with no tools at all, it takes a bare bulb, a wire cage or a woven shade equally well, and it is intended for indoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental bedroom, a light beside the bed.\u003c\/strong\u003e Run the cord up to a ceiling hook and down to the nearest outlet, and a bare Edison bulb hangs at pillow height without a single hole in the wall. Someone reading for half an hour before sleep has light exactly where it is needed, and the inline switch sits within reach of the duvet rather than across the room. Pair it with a timber headboard and a woven shade if the filament is too bright on its own. Cord runs and hook placement are covered in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCorridor or stair landing.\u003c\/strong\u003e In a long hallway with no ceiling outlet, the 16.4-foot cord lets the lamp hang where the light is actually needed rather than where the wiring happens to be, and the rope reads as deliberate against a plaster wall. Someone walking through at night gets a low, warm pool rather than the flat overhead glare of a builder-grade fitting. Fitted with a cage shade, it suits an industrial or farmhouse hall. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e pages show cord-hung bulbs in hallways and landings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCafe corner, home bar or a temporary setup.\u003c\/strong\u003e Because it plugs into a normal outlet, the kit works for a market stall, a party or a corner of a living room set up for an evening, and it comes down again without leaving a mark. Several cords hung at staggered heights over a drinks table give the clustered look that is otherwise only possible with hardwired fixtures. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e includes shades designed to fit this cord. Add the bulb of your choice and it is working the same day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs any wiring or special tooling needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo wiring is involved and no tools are required. Hang the cord from a ceiling hook or a wall hook of your own, screw the bulb into the socket, and plug the cord into a standard outlet. The inline switch on the cord controls the lamp. The only planning needed is deciding the route from the hook to the outlet, since the cord is 16.4 feet long.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs fit the socket, and can it be dimmed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe socket accepts standard E26 and E27 base bulbs, including LED, CFL and incandescent, up to 60W, with incandescent limited to 40W. The bulb is not included, so you choose the shape and warmth. The inline switch is on\/off only and does not dim; for a lower level, fit a lower-output bulb or use a plug-in dimmer rated for the lamp you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much space does a 16.4-foot cord cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 16.4 feet, the cord reaches from a high ceiling hook down to a switch height and still runs to a wall outlet, which covers most rooms with 8 to 10 foot ceilings as well as stairwells. Wrap or coil any slack rather than cutting the cord. Hang the bulb at least 7 feet above a walking route and keep the socket away from anything that can be knocked.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I care for the cord and socket?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck periodically that the bulb is screwed firmly into the socket, since a loose connection causes flicker and heat. Dust the rope with a dry cloth and keep the wood connector dry; do not use water or solvent cleaners on either. The bulb gets hot in normal use, so make sure it does not rest against the cord or any other object.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long will delivery take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3-5 business days and standard delivery takes 7-15 business days, with tracking provided. The cord kit ships in protective foam-in-box packaging with the cord coiled so the rope and wood socket are not crushed or scuffed in transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is covered by returns and the warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted within 30 days of delivery on unused items in original packaging. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module, which for this kit means the cord, the wood connector and the socket assembly, against defects under normal indoor residential use. Bulbs are not included and are covered by their own manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500388475247,"sku":"B08DLW2ZNL","price":26.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/61A1oUiVw8L.jpg?v=1789876580"},{"product_id":"hanging-light-lamp-shades-boho-rattan-lamp-shades-woven-lamp","title":"Hanging Light Lamp Shades Boho Rattan Lamp Shades, Woven LampShades for Floor Lamps","description":"\u003ch1\u003eHand-Woven Natural Rattan Lamp Shade for Hanging and Pendant Fixtures\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hand-woven rattan lamp shade from LIGHTEXP is for anyone replacing a worn or broken shade on an existing hanging, pendant or table lamp without buying a whole new fixture. It is the shade only: no cord, socket or base is included, so it drops onto the harp or fitter you already own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWoven from natural rattan over a metal ring, the open weave sends much of the light down and out at an angle and leaves a dappled pattern on the wall. At about 539 grams it is light enough for a plug-in cord or a slim pendant, and the 2.36-inch mounting hole suits most standard harps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 10.24\" across x 6.7\" H; mounting hole 2.36\" diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% natural hand-woven rattan with a metal support ring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShade only - no socket, cord or bulb included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot applicable - shade only; set by the fixture and bulb it is fitted to\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot applicable - shade only; dimming depends on the fixture and bulb used\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShade only - cord, socket and lamp base are not included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot applicable - no electrical components included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot applicable - shade only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural rattan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e539 g (approximately 1.19 lb)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Hand-Woven Rattan Lamp Shade \\u2014 Natural Boho Replacement Hanging Shade\",\n  \"description\": \"This hand-woven rattan lamp shade from LIGHTEXP is for anyone replacing a worn or broken shade on an existing hanging, pendant or table lamp without buying a whole new fixture. It is the shade only: no cord, socket or base is included, so it drops onto the harp or fitter you already own. Woven from natural rattan over a metal ring, the open weave sends much of the light down and out at an angle and leaves a dappled pattern on the wall. At about 539 grams it is light enough for a plug-in cord or \",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0F9DBXL1L.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0F9DBXL1L\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/hand-woven-rattan-shade\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"75.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRattan behaves differently from fabric or paper as a shade material, because it is opaque in the strand and open between strands. Light therefore leaves in two ways at once: through the gaps as brighter points, and along the surface of the cane as a warmer, softer glow. That combination is what produces the dappled effect on surrounding walls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shade is woven by hand over a metal ring, which is why the spacing is not machine-uniform and why no two shades throw quite the same pattern. The ring also does structural work: it carries the weight of the weave and holds the 2.36-inch fitter true, without which a woven shade of this width would sag out of round within a season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWithin the LIGHTEXP catalogue this is the piece for changing the character of a fixture that already works. Swapping a plain shade for a woven one moves a room toward boho or coastal without any rewiring, which makes it the least invasive change available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLiving room, replacing a tired drum shade.\u003c\/strong\u003e Fitted to an existing pendant or a floor lamp with a standard harp, the woven shade changes the room at night: the light falls in a wide pool rather than a hard-edged band, and the ceiling and wall pick up a soft pattern that moves as you cross the room. Someone reading on a sofa gets enough light on the page while the corners of the room stay restful. Pair it with a linen sofa, a jute rug and timber side tables. Fit and sizing guidance for replacement shades is covered in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBedroom, over a bedside table lamp.\u003c\/strong\u003e On a table lamp the shade sits at eye level from the pillow, which is exactly where the open weave earns its keep: the light is broken up before it reaches the reader rather than arriving directly from the filament. Someone reading in bed for an hour gets a warm, low-contrast pool on the page and a patterned wash across the wall behind the headboard. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e pages show woven shades paired with cane headboards and neutral bedding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSunroom or breakfast nook.\u003c\/strong\u003e Hung from a plug-in cord above a small table or a bench seat, the rattan shade reads as part of the furniture rather than as hardware, and it suits a room that already has cane chairs or a timber table. Light comes through the weave in two directions, so the table is lit while the plants and walls around it stay visible. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e includes complete fixtures if you decide the shade alone is not enough. Check your harp size before ordering, and the swap takes a minute.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the shade fitted, and what tools does it need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFitting involves no wiring at all: remove the existing shade and seat this one on the harp or fitter of your fixture. The mounting hole is 2.36 inches in diameter, so measure your harp before ordering; most standard hanging and table lamp harps fall within that size. No tools are required for the swap itself, though a step stool helps if the shade is on a ceiling pendant.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs can be used with it, and does it dim?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shade contains no socket or electrical parts, so the bulb is whatever your existing fixture accepts, and wattage is limited by that fixture rather than by the shade. Because rattan is a natural material, keep the bulb clear of the weave and stay within your fixture's rated maximum. Dimming depends entirely on the lamp and bulb you use; a dimmable bulb on a dimmable circuit will behave as it normally does.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is it, and will it suit my fixture?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shade measures roughly 10.24 inches across by 6.7 inches high, which is a compact drum proportion that suits a bedside lamp, a narrow hallway pendant or a small breakfast table. The 2.36-inch mounting hole is the dimension to check first, since it determines whether the shade will seat on your harp. Compare both figures against your current shade before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I clean a woven rattan shade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDust it regularly with a soft brush or the brush attachment of a vacuum held slightly away from the surface, working along the direction of the weave. For marks, use a barely damp cloth and dry it immediately; do not soak the cane or use solvent sprays, since moisture can swell and loosen the strands. Keep it away from direct heat sources and standing water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does delivery take, and how is it packed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3-5 business days and standard delivery takes 7-15 business days, with tracking provided. The shade ships in protective foam-in-box packaging so the woven form is not crushed in transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the returns and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted within 30 days of delivery on unused items in original packaging, so check the mounting hole and overall size against your fixture before removing any packaging. The 24-month warranty covers the shade's structural components, meaning the metal support ring and the woven rattan body, against defects under normal residential use. Note that the cord, socket and lamp base are not included with this item.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500388508015,"sku":"B0F9DBXL1L","price":75.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/81m45lEFiIL.jpg?v=1789876582"},{"product_id":"rustic-farmhouse-wood-pendant-light-fixture-one-light-adjust","title":"Rustic Farmhouse Wood Pendant Light Fixture One-Light Adjustable Chain Oak Wood and Metal","description":"\u003ch1\u003eOak Wood and Metal Farmhouse Pendant with 59-Inch Adjustable Chain\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis oak wood and metal pendant from LIGHTEXP is for a farmhouse kitchen, entryway or breakfast room that wants a small fixture with visible material rather than a shade that conceals everything. The frame measures 6.69 inches square by 9.84 inches high and hangs from a chain that adjusts to 59 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOak is used because its grain still reads after a finish is applied, and pairing it with metal hardware keeps the joints rigid. The open frame leaves the lamp on show, so the bulb you choose is part of the result; bulbs are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.69\" L x 6.69\" W x 9.84\" H; chain adjustable up to 59\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOak wood frame with metal hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x E26 base bulb, 60W max (bulb sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified; set by the bulb installed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimmable with a dimmable bulb and compatible dimmer switch, neither included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardwired to a ceiling junction box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110-120V, 50\/60Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall switch control; dimmer switch not included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural oak with metal hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Oak Wood and Metal Pendant Light \\u2014 Rustic Farmhouse, Adjustable 59\\\" Chain\",\n  \"description\": \"This oak wood and metal pendant from LIGHTEXP is for a farmhouse kitchen, entryway or breakfast room that wants a small fixture with visible material rather than a shade that conceals everything. The frame measures 6.69 inches square by 9.84 inches high and hangs from a chain that adjusts to 59 inches. Oak is used because its grain still reads after a finish is applied, and pairing it with metal hardware keeps the joints rigid. The open frame leaves the lamp on show, so the bulb you choose is pa\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0DPQ5Z6WC.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0DPQ5Z6WC\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/oak-wood-pendant-light\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"77.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRustic lighting tends to go wrong when it imitates age rather than using honest material. This frame avoids that by keeping the construction in view: oak members held with metal fixings, joints left visible and nothing applied to fake patina.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe scale is deliberately small. At 6.69 inches square, the frame can hang over a sink or in a narrow hallway without crowding the space, and the 9.84-inch height sets the lamp high enough inside the structure that it does not glare at eye level from across a room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA chain rather than a rod is the period-correct choice here, and it also settles the sloped ceiling question, since a chain hangs plumb whatever the ceiling angle. Within the LIGHTEXP range this is the piece for rooms where a wood tone needs repeating at the ceiling line, tying a fixture to a table, a shelf or a floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen sink or small island.\u003c\/strong\u003e Hung at around 30 inches above a counter, the compact frame lights a sink run or a three-foot island without taking over the sightline from the rest of the room. Someone washing up at dusk sees the basin clearly, and the oak reads warm against a white apron front or a butler sink. Pair it with open shelves in the same timber and black iron brackets. Heights for sink and small-island pendants are covered in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEntryway or stair hall with a tall ceiling.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 59-inch chain is what makes this fixture work in a two-storey entry, where a short drop would leave the frame floating near the ceiling and doing nothing. Someone coming in at night gets light at the door and on the stair tread rather than a distant glow, and the chain hangs plumb even where the ceiling slopes. The open frame throws light upward as well as down, so the ceiling above does not read as a dark void. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e pages show wood pendants used in halls and landings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBathroom, breakfast nook or a reading corner.\u003c\/strong\u003e In a small bathroom the fixture sits beside a mirror or over a vanity run, where the wood tone keeps a tiled room from feeling cold. Over a two-person breakfast table it drops low enough to make a small room feel enclosed and purposeful, and with an Edison bulb the exposed filament suits the frame. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e includes coordinating wood and metal pieces for adjoining rooms. Fit a 60W-equivalent LED and the frame will run cool for years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is involved in fitting this pendant?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fixture hardwires to a standard ceiling junction box and ships with instructions and mounting hardware, so a competent DIYer can handle it once the power is off at the breaker. A screwdriver and a ladder are usually enough; the chain length is set by removing links or re-hooking at the canopy rather than cutting. If you are not comfortable working on household wiring, use a licensed electrician.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs can I use, and does it dim?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne E26 base bulb up to 60W fits the socket, in LED, CFL, incandescent, halogen or Edison type, and the bulb is not included. Antique-style Edison lamps suit the open frame particularly well. The fixture dims when a dimmable bulb is used together with a compatible dimmer switch on the circuit; neither is supplied with the pendant.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the size suit my space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame is 6.69 inches by 6.69 inches and 9.84 inches high, which is a small fixture by pendant standards, and the chain extends to 59 inches. That suits an 8-foot ceiling with a short drop as well as a two-storey entry at full extension. Over a counter or table, leave about 30 inches between the bottom of the frame and the surface, and use two or three if the run is longer than five feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean and care for the wood and metal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch off the power first. Dust the oak with a dry, soft cloth and wipe the metal hardware the same way; a barely damp cloth is fine for the wood, but avoid soaking it or using solvent sprays and abrasive pads, which will damage the finish. Because the frame is open, dusting the socket area once or twice a year is all the maintenance the light itself needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long will it take to arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3-5 business days and standard delivery takes 7-15 business days, with tracking provided. The pendant ships in protective foam-in-box packaging with the chain coiled and the hardware bagged separately so the wood cannot be scuffed in transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the returns and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted within 30 days of delivery on unused items in original packaging. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module, which includes the oak frame, chain, canopy and socket assembly, against defects under normal residential use. Bulbs are supplied by you and fall under their own manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500388573551,"sku":"B0DPQ5Z6WC","price":77.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/61i92ZrYcBL.jpg?v=1789876583"},{"product_id":"brass-pendant-lights-kitchen-island-2-pack-farmhouse-gold-pe","title":"Brass Pendant Lights Kitchen Island 2 Pack, Farmhouse Gold Pendant Light with Clear Glass","description":"\u003ch1\u003e2-Pack Brass Glass Globe Pendant Lights with Clear Shade and Adjustable Downrod\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 2-pack of brass glass globe pendants from LIGHTEXP is for a kitchen island, peninsula or breakfast table that needs two matched fixtures rather than one central fitting. Each pendant carries a clear glass globe on a brass-finish downrod, with a 5-inch canopy plate and an overall height of 52.8 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eClear glass was chosen because it passes light without tinting it, so the warmth of the room is decided by the E26 bulb you fit rather than by the shade. The open bottom means a bulb can be changed from below, and the fixture mounts to flat or inclined ceilings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.9\" L x 6.9\" W x 52.8\" H; canopy plate 5\" diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear glass globe shade; brass-finish metal downrod and canopy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x E26 base bulb per fixture, 60W max (bulbs sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified; set by the E26 bulb installed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimmable with a dimmable bulb and compatible dimmer switch, neither included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardwired to a ceiling junction box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110-120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall switch control; dimmer switch not included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUL Listed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrass \/ gold finish with clear glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Brass Glass Globe Pendant Light, 2-Pack \\u2014 Clear Glass, Farmhouse Kitchen Island\",\n  \"description\": \"This 2-pack of brass glass globe pendants from LIGHTEXP is for a kitchen island, peninsula or breakfast table that needs two matched fixtures rather than one central fitting. Each pendant carries a clear glass globe on a brass-finish downrod, with a 5-inch canopy plate and an overall height of 52.8 inches. Clear glass was chosen because it passes light without tinting it, so the warmth of the room is decided by the E26 bulb you fit rather than by the shade. The open bottom means a bulb can be ch\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0C6M71SSY.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0C6M71SSY\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/brass-glass-globe-pendant\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"159.00\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  },\n  \"certification\": \"UL Listed\"\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA clear globe is the most honest shade available: it hides nothing, so the bulb becomes part of the design and the choice of lamp stays with the owner. The dome silhouette does the one job a shade has to do, directing the output of a 60W lamp downward onto a surface instead of letting it spill into the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe downrod and canopy carry a brass finish rather than a painted gold, so the metal reads warm at the ceiling line and around the socket. An adjustable downrod was specified over a fixed one because a pair of pendants has to reconcile two things at once: a consistent hanging height across both fixtures, and enough clearance for the tallest person using the space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn the LIGHTEXP catalogue this pair sits in the farmhouse group, where a plain glass form and a warm metal are set against painted cabinetry or a timber table. It is UL Listed, and the two-fixture format means an island run is finished in one order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen island, two over the worktop.\u003c\/strong\u003e A pair spaced evenly along a five to seven foot island gives two overlapping pools of light instead of one bright centre and two dim ends, which is what a single pendant produces on a run that long. Someone rolling pastry or clearing up after dinner works without their own shadow falling across the counter. Pair the brass with cream or sage cabinetry and unlacquered brass cup pulls. Spacing and drop heights for two-pendant runs are covered in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBathroom vanity or bedroom flank.\u003c\/strong\u003e Hung either side of a mirror or a bed at a shorter drop, the pair puts light at face level from two directions, which is the arrangement that avoids the downward shadow an overhead fitting casts. Someone drying their hair or reading in bed gets even light without a hot spot. Clear glass keeps the room feeling open in a small bathroom, and the brass reads warm against stone or zellige tile. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e pages show paired pendants used beside mirrors and beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBreakfast nook, study or a restaurant banquette.\u003c\/strong\u003e Over a small round table or a built-in bench, two globes hung at slightly different heights create a rhythm along the wall without a chandelier. The 52.8-inch overall height suits a standard ceiling, and the clear shade means an Edison bulb shows its filament while a frosted LED keeps things calmer. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e carries matching brass pieces for the rooms that lead off these. Choose your bulbs, then set the drop and the pair is done.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I install these myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth pendants are hardwired to a standard ceiling junction box, and professional installation is recommended if you are not experienced with household wiring, which the maker also advises. In practice the work is mounting the bracket, connecting the wires and setting the downrod length, and mounting hardware and instructions are included. An electrician can hang the pair in a single visit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat bulbs fit, and will it dim?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach fixture takes one E26 base bulb up to 60W, in LED, CFL, halogen or filament type, and bulbs are not included. An Edison bulb works well if you want the filament visible through the clear glass. The pendants dim when fitted with dimmable bulbs on a circuit with a compatible dimmer switch; neither the bulbs nor the switch come in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are they, and how should I space the pair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach pendant measures 6.9 inches square in plan with an overall height of 52.8 inches, and the canopy plate is 5 inches in diameter. Two fixtures suit an island or table of roughly five to seven feet, spaced at equal intervals with the rims about 30 inches above the surface. The adjustable downrod lets both be set to the same height on a flat or inclined ceiling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I keep the glass clean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch the power off and let the bulb cool, then wipe the globe with a dry microfibre cloth, or one barely dampened with water and a drop of mild dish soap for kitchen film. Glass cleaner applied to a cloth rather than the fixture is fine; avoid abrasive pads. The brass-finish downrod should be dusted with a dry cloth only, as solvents can strip the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does delivery take, and how is it packed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3-5 business days and standard delivery takes 7-15 business days with tracking provided. Both glass globes ship in protective foam-in-box packaging, nested separately so the shades cannot touch each other in transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the return and warranty policy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted within 30 days of delivery on unused items in original packaging, and because the fixtures are sold as a matched pair the set is returned together. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module, including the glass shade, downrod, canopy and socket, against defects under normal residential use. Bulbs you add yourself are covered by their own manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500388606319,"sku":"B0C6M71SSY","price":159.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/71ioH4G8wsL.jpg?v=1789876584"},{"product_id":"bagood-10-inch-globe-pendant-light-gold-mid-century-pendant","title":"Bagood 10 Inch Globe Pendant Light Gold Mid Century Pendant Light Contemporary Globe","description":"\u003ch1\u003e10-Inch Gold Globe Pendant with Adjustable Rod and Included ST64 Bulb\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10-inch gold globe pendant from LIGHTEXP is for a dining room, kitchen or entry where a single round shade has to hold the room without a cluster or a chandelier. An ST64 bulb ships in the box, so the filament shape that suits an exposed globe is already there.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHeight is set by screwing rod sections together up to a 65-inch maximum, and the universal head at the canopy mounts to a sloped ceiling without an adapter. The gold finish warms the metal at the rod and tray, and the 5.9-inch ceiling tray keeps the fixing small.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShade 10\" diameter; rod adjustable to 65\" maximum; ceiling tray 5.9\" diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal rod and ceiling tray with gold finish; shade material not specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x ST64 bulb, 60W max, bulb included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified; depends on the bulb installed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimmable with a dimmable bulb and compatible dimmer switch, switch not included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardwired to a ceiling junction box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110-120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall switch control; dimmer switch not included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGold\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"10\\\" Gold Globe Pendant Light \\u2014 Mid-Century Rod Pendant, Bulb Included\",\n  \"description\": \"The 10-inch gold globe pendant from LIGHTEXP is for a dining room, kitchen or entry where a single round shade has to hold the room without a cluster or a chandelier. An ST64 bulb ships in the box, so the filament shape that suits an exposed globe is already there. Height is set by screwing rod sections together up to a 65-inch maximum, and the universal head at the canopy mounts to a sloped ceiling without an adapter. The gold finish warms the metal at the rod and tray, and the 5.9-inch ceiling\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0DBZFBLHC.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0DBZFBLHC\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/gold-globe-pendant-light\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"167.00\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe globe is the most reduced form a shade can take, and it kept its place in mid-century lighting because it solves the problem of an exposed lamp without hiding it. At 10 inches across, the sphere is large enough to sit around a decorative ST64 bulb with real clearance, yet small enough that a single fixture does not take over a modest room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rod, rather than a cord, is what keeps the globe centred over a table. Five 11.8-inch sections and one 5.9-inch section let the drop be set in increments, and a rigid column holds a round shade steady where a cord would let it swing and drift. The gold finish is applied to the rod and tray but not the shade, so the warm metal frames the light instead of tinting it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWithin the LIGHTEXP range this pendant belongs to the mid-century group: round geometry, a visible filament, and a metal finish that sits naturally against walnut, cane and aged brass. It dims when paired with a dimmable bulb and a compatible wall dimmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDining room, one globe over a round table.\u003c\/strong\u003e A single pendant centred above a 42 to 48 inch round table puts light on the whole surface from one point, so four people get the same level of illumination and nobody sits under a shadow. The exposed ST64 filament gives the pool of light a warm cast at the centre, and the gold rod picks up brass cabinet pulls or a brass-framed mirror on the same wall. Pair it with spindle-back chairs and a low sideboard. Hanging heights over dining tables are set out in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoffee bar or kitchen peninsula.\u003c\/strong\u003e Dropped to a shorter rod length, the globe clears sightlines across a peninsula while still lighting the counter where someone sets down a tray or pours coffee. The 10-inch shade is compact enough that two can be hung over a longer run without crowding, and the round form softens a kitchen full of straight cabinet edges and right angles. Against white or deep green cabinetry the gold rod reads as a deliberate metal accent. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e pages show globe pendants in both kitchen and bar settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBedroom corner or entry hall.\u003c\/strong\u003e Hung low beside a bed in place of a table lamp, the globe leaves the nightstand clear and puts light at a height that suits reading, with the filament dimmed down to a soft glow before sleep. In a lobby or entry it works as the single welcoming fixture where a ceiling box sits off-centre. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e carries further gold-finish pieces for adjoining rooms. Fit a dimmable bulb if you plan to run it low in the evening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does installation involve?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a hardwired fixture that connects to a standard ceiling junction box, so an electrician is worth using unless you are confident with household wiring. Most of the functional parts arrive assembled; the remaining work is securing the bracket and screwing the rod sections together to the height you want. A screwdriver and a ladder cover it, and the universal canopy head handles sloped ceilings without an extra adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulb does it use, and can it be dimmed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne ST64 bulb is included, rated to a 60W maximum, and the fixture operates on 110-120V household current. Replacement lamps in the same ST64 shape are widely available if you want a different filament look. The pendant dims when used with a dimmable bulb on a circuit fitted with a compatible dimmer switch; the switch itself is not included, so match it to the bulb you buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know the size will work in my room?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe globe measures 10 inches in diameter and the rod reaches a maximum of 65 inches, made up of five 11.8-inch sections plus one 5.9-inch section you can leave out or add. That range covers 8-foot to 12-foot ceilings. Over a dining table or counter, leave 30 to 36 inches between the bottom of the shade and the surface, and centre the fixture on the table rather than the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I clean the globe shade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch off the power and let the bulb cool, then wipe the shade with a dry microfibre cloth; for cooking film or fingerprints, use a cloth barely dampened with water and a little mild dish soap. Avoid solvent sprays and abrasive pads, which can mark the shade. Dust the gold rod and tray with a dry cloth only, since polishing compounds can strip the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long will delivery take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3-5 business days and standard delivery takes 7-15 business days, with tracking provided. The shade, rod sections and the included ST64 bulb ship in protective foam-in-box packaging so the shade and the filament lamp arrive intact.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the return and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted within 30 days of delivery on unused items in original packaging. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module, including the shade, rod assembly, canopy and socket, against defects under normal residential use. If the included ST64 bulb arrives broken, photograph it in the packaging and get in touch for a replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500388671855,"sku":"B0DBZFBLHC","price":167.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/81MeaNQmLvL.jpg?v=1789876586"},{"product_id":"edishine-pendant-light-kitchen-island-grey-marble-glass-brus","title":"EDISHINE Pendant Light Kitchen Island Grey Marble Glass Brushed Nickel","description":"\u003ch1\u003eHand-Blown Grey Marble Glass Pendant with Brushed Nickel Rod and Swivel Canopy\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hand-blown grey marble glass pendant from LIGHTEXP is for a kitchen island or sink run where the fixture is meant to be looked at, not only switched on. Each shade is blown individually, so the grey marbling falls differently from piece to piece, and the brushed nickel pole keeps the assembly visually quiet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHeight is set with threaded rods rather than a cord: three 12-inch and two 6-inch sections combine for a drop from nearly flush to 48 inches. A gimbal joint at the canopy swivels 90 degrees, which is what allows the shade to hang plumb under a sloped ceiling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable drop 0\"-48\" via three 12\" rods and two 6\" rods; shade diameter not specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand-blown art glass shade with grey marbling; brushed nickel metal pole and rods\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x E26 base bulb, 60W incandescent \/ 12W LED \/ 13W CFL \/ 43W halogen max (bulb sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified; depends on the E26 bulb chosen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimmable with a dimmable bulb and a compatible dimmer switch, neither included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardwired to a ceiling junction box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110-120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall switch control; dimmer switch not included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey marbled glass with brushed nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Hand-Blown Grey Marble Glass Pendant Light \\u2014 Brushed Nickel, Adjustable Rods\",\n  \"description\": \"This hand-blown grey marble glass pendant from LIGHTEXP is for a kitchen island or sink run where the fixture is meant to be looked at, not only switched on. Each shade is blown individually, so the grey marbling falls differently from piece to piece, and the brushed nickel pole keeps the assembly visually quiet. Height is set with threaded rods rather than a cord: three 12-inch and two 6-inch sections combine for a drop from nearly flush to 48 inches. A gimbal joint at the canopy swivels 90 deg\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0CFZLPS8V.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0CFZLPS8V\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/grey-marble-glass-pendant\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"79.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHand-blown glass carries an unavoidable variable, because the marbling forms while the glass is being worked and cannot be repeated exactly. That variation is treated here as the point of the material rather than a defect to be engineered out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rod system is the more considered choice for a shade of this weight. A cord depends on friction at the canopy to hold a fixture straight, whereas stacked metal rods screw together into a rigid column, so the shade will not swing when a door closes or drift out of plumb over the years. Brushed nickel was selected for the pole because it stays neutral against both warm and cool cabinetry and shows fingerprints far less than a polished surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWithin the LIGHTEXP catalogue this is the piece for someone who wants one object with some individuality in an otherwise restrained kitchen. The wide-open shade rim is functional as well as generous: the bulb can be changed from below without tools or disassembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen island, hung low over the worktop.\u003c\/strong\u003e A single pendant dropped to around 32 inches above a four-foot island puts light on the counter without putting the lamp in the sightline of someone seated on the other side. The marbled glass softens the output, so the counter reads evenly rather than in a hard circle, and the grey veining picks up the tonal range in a quartz or marble worktop. Pair it with pale cabinetry and brushed nickel tapware so the pole matches the room hardware. Drop heights and spacing for island runs are laid out in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBar counter or coffee station.\u003c\/strong\u003e Set at the short end of its adjustment, the pendant sits close to the ceiling and lights a narrow run of counter where someone grinds coffee or pours a drink in the early morning. The brushed nickel pole disappears against a darker wall, and the grey glass reads as a soft column rather than a hard shape. Because the shade is open at the bottom, the pool of light falls wide enough to cover a two-person bar without a second fixture. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e pages show single pendants used over compact counters and serving areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBathroom or dining nook with a sloped ceiling.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 90-degree swivel at the canopy is the reason this fixture works on an angled ceiling or in a room under the eaves, where a fixed pendant would hang visibly off vertical. Someone at a small round table or a vanity gets light directly overhead and a shade that still reads straight. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e includes coordinating brushed nickel pieces if you are planning more than one room. Pick a dimmable E26 bulb and the fixture will work from morning task light to a lower evening level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this hardwired, and can I install it myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pendant is hardwired to a standard ceiling junction box, so a licensed electrician is advisable unless you are comfortable with household wiring. The job is straightforward once the bracket is secured: connect the wires, mount the fixture, then screw together the rod sections you need. A screwdriver, a ladder and a pair of pliers cover the mechanical side, and the mounting kit is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat bulb does it take, and does it dim?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses one E26 standard base bulb up to 60W incandescent, 12W LED, 13W CFL or 43W halogen, and the bulb is not included. The fixture dims when fitted with a dimmable bulb and used on a circuit with a compatible dimmer switch, so choose both together if dimming matters to you. Edison-style bulbs also fit the base if you prefer a visible filament.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I judge whether the size will suit my room?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe drop adjusts from close to the ceiling up to 48 inches by combining the three 12-inch and two 6-inch rods, which covers standard 8-foot to 10-foot ceilings as well as taller spaces. For an island or counter, aim for 30 to 36 inches between the shade rim and the worktop. The gimbal canopy swivels 90 degrees, so sloped and vaulted ceilings are accommodated without an adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should the hand-blown glass be cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch the fixture off and let the glass cool, then wipe the shade with a dry microfibre cloth, or a cloth barely dampened with water and a little mild dish soap for cooking film. Do not use solvent sprays or abrasive pads, which can dull the surface of the glass. The brushed nickel pole and rods need only a dry cloth, and no polishing compound.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen will it arrive, and how is it packed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3-5 business days and standard delivery takes 7-15 business days with tracking provided. The glass shade ships in protective foam-in-box packaging, with the rods and mounting hardware bagged separately so nothing metal can knock against the glass in transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is covered by returns and the warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted within 30 days of delivery on unused items in original packaging. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module, which includes the glass shade, rod assembly, swivel canopy and socket, against defects under normal residential use. Because each shade is hand-blown, variation in the grey pattern is a property of the material and not a fault.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500388704623,"sku":"B0CFZLPS8V","price":79.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/71DTcWGLE0L.jpg?v=1789876587"},{"product_id":"3-pack-black-pendant-light-fixtures-adjustable-modern-pendan","title":"3-Pack Black Pendant Light Fixtures, Adjustable Modern Pendant Lights for Kitchen Island","description":"\u003ch1\u003e3-Pack Black Gradient Glass Pendant Lights with Adjustable 34–64 Inch Cords\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 3-pack of black gradient glass pendant lights from LIGHTEXP is for anyone lighting a kitchen island or a long table who wants one matched set instead of three separate purchases. Each fixture hangs from a cord that adjusts between 34 and 64 inches and carries a thick glass shade over a matte black aluminum base.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe gradient does more than decorate. Its darker upper half holds light back at eye level while the clearer lower half passes it onto the surface below, which is why the output reads soft rather than harsh. Bulbs are sold separately, so the E26 lamp and the warmth of the room are your choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable drop 34\" to 64\"; shade size not specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThick glass shade with hand-baked black gradient finish; aluminum base, matte black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x E26 base bulb per fixture, 28W max LED or 60W max incandescent (bulbs sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified; determined by the E26 bulb installed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimmable with a dimmable bulb and a compatible wall dimmer, neither included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardwired to a ceiling junction box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110-120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall switch control; dimmer switch not included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatte black base with black gradient glass shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Black Gradient Glass Pendant Light, 3-Pack \\u2014 Matte Black Aluminum, Adjustable Cord\",\n  \"description\": \"This 3-pack of black gradient glass pendant lights from LIGHTEXP is for anyone lighting a kitchen island or a long table who wants one matched set instead of three separate purchases. Each fixture hangs from a cord that adjusts between 34 and 64 inches and carries a thick glass shade over a matte black aluminum base. The gradient does more than decorate. Its darker upper half holds light back at eye level while the clearer lower half passes it onto the surface below, which is why the output read\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0BMQ6BNDC.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0BMQ6BNDC\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/black-gradient-glass-pendant\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"209.00\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe gradient is applied by hand-baking finish onto thick glass, which produces a gradual transition from near-opaque black at the crown to almost clear at the rim rather than a hard line. That transition is the reason the shade works. A uniformly dark shade throws all of its light straight down in a tight circle; a fully clear one leaves the lamp exposed and glares at seated eye height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThick glass was chosen because it withstands the heat a 60W incandescent lamp produces over hours of use, and the baked finish holds its color instead of fading under that heat. The base is aluminum rather than steel because aluminum draws heat away from the socket at the neck of the shade, which is where a glass fixture runs hottest. The canopy and cord are rated beyond what the shade weighs, so a pendant dropped to its full 64 inches hangs plumb rather than drifting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWithin the LIGHTEXP catalogue this set sits between a purely minimal fixture and a decorative one: quiet enough for a kitchen used every day, with one deliberate detail. Three fixtures share a finish, so spacing them along an island reads as a single composition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen island, three in a row.\u003c\/strong\u003e The set is sized for exactly this: three pendants spaced at even intervals along an island of roughly six to eight feet, hung so the shade rims sit about 30 inches above the counter. Someone chopping vegetables or helping with homework at the island gets even light across the whole worktop without the shadow of their own body falling on it, and the gradient keeps the lamp itself out of view from a stool. Pair with flat-front cabinetry and matte black hardware. Spacing and drop heights for island runs are covered in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDouble bathroom vanity.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two of the three pendants hung at the short end of the 34-inch adjustment, flanking a mirror rather than sitting over it, put light on the face from both sides instead of from above. Someone shaving or applying makeup sees even color and no downward shadow under the brow, which is what overhead bars and backlit mirrors tend to produce. The glass reads clean against a stone or tiled splashback, and the matte black base ties in with black tapware and towel hardware. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e section shows vanity pendants paired with a range of mirror and counter treatments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e for matching pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes installation require an electrician?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach pendant is a hardwired ceiling fixture that connects to a standard junction box, so a licensed electrician is the right call unless you are experienced with household wiring. An electrician can hang all three in one visit, and the package includes mounting screws and an instruction sheet. The cords adjust between 34 and 64 inches at the canopy, and the fixtures are compatible with sloped or slanted ceilings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs are compatible, and is it dimmable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach fixture takes one E26 standard base bulb: LED up to 28W, or incandescent, CFL, Edison or halogen up to 60W. Bulbs are not included. The pendants dim when they are fitted with a dimmable bulb and used with a compatible wall dimmer switch, and neither the bulb nor the switch comes in the box, so both are selected to match your existing controls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the dimensions, and how much space does the set suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe adjustable cord sets the drop anywhere from 34 to 64 inches from the ceiling, which covers standard 8-foot to 10-foot ceilings as well as taller rooms where a longer drop is wanted. Three pendants spaced evenly suit an island or table of about six to eight feet. As a rule, keep roughly 30 inches between the shade rim and the counter or tabletop so the light spreads without putting the lamp in your line of sight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean the glass shades?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch the fixture off and let the glass cool, then wipe the shade with a dry microfibre cloth or a cloth barely dampened with water and a drop of mild dish soap. Avoid solvent sprays and abrasive pads, which can mark the baked gradient finish. The matte black aluminum base needs only a dry cloth. Because the shade is open at the bottom, dust inside can be reached without removing the fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does delivery take, and how is the set packed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3-5 business days and standard delivery takes 7-15 business days, with tracking provided. All three glass shades ship in protective foam-in-box packaging, each shade individually nested so the glass cannot contact glass in transit, and the cords and canopy hardware are bagged separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the returns and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted within 30 days of delivery on unused items in original packaging; because the fixtures are sold as a matched set, the three-pack is returned as a set. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module, including the glass shade, cord, canopy and socket assembly, against defects under normal residential use. Bulbs you supply yourself fall under their own manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500388737391,"sku":"B0BMQ6BNDC","price":209.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/51iRwExk8QL.jpg?v=1789876588"},{"product_id":"lomoky-plug-in-pendant-light-hanging-lamp-with-black-barn-pe","title":"Lomoky Plug in Pendant Light, Hanging Lamp with Black Barn Pendant Lighting with 14.76ft","description":"\u003ch1\u003eSet of 2 Plug-In Barn Pendant Lights with 14.76ft Cord and Rotary Dimmer\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis set of two plug-in barn pendant lights from LIGHTEXP is for renters and homeowners who want a farmhouse fixture over a table or counter without opening the ceiling. Each pendant pairs a black iron shade with a white inner surface, hangs from a 14.76-foot cord, and plugs into a standard wall outlet, so no junction box and no electrician are involved.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe white interior is the working part of the design: it reflects output downward rather than absorbing it, so a modest lamp reads brighter across the surface below. A solid wood pulley lets the drop height be reset by hand, and the fixture mounts to flat or sloped ceilings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShade 10.6\" W x 7.5\" H; adjustable cord up to 14.76 ft (4.5 m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIron shade, black exterior and white interior; solid wood pulley\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x E26 base bulb per fixture, 10.6W (bulbs sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified - set by the E26 bulb you choose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotary dimmer switch on the cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug-in cord, no hardwiring or junction box required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110-120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotary on\/off dimmer knob on cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUL Listed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack outer \/ white inner shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Plug-In Barn Pendant Light, Set of 2 \\u2014 Black Iron Shade, 14.76ft Cord\",\n  \"description\": \"This set of two plug-in barn pendant lights from LIGHTEXP is for renters and homeowners who want a farmhouse fixture over a table or counter without opening the ceiling. Each pendant pairs a black iron shade with a white inner surface, hangs from a 14.76-foot cord, and plugs into a standard wall outlet, so no junction box and no electrician are involved. The white interior is the working part of the design: it reflects output downward rather than absorbing it, so a modest lamp reads brighter acr\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0B712XDPT.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0B712XDPT\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/plug-in-barn-pendant-set\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"79.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  },\n  \"certification\": \"UL Listed\"\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe barn shade comes from agricultural work lighting, where a wide flared shade and a pale interior existed to push as much light as possible onto whatever sat underneath. This pendant keeps that logic rather than treating the shape as decoration; the flare stays shallow enough to remain out of sightlines, and the open bottom rim means the bulb can be changed from below without unhanging anything.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shade is pressed from iron and finished in two colours for two reasons. Black on the outside recedes against the ceiling and hides the cord hardware, while white on the inside does the optical work, raising the amount of light that reaches the table instead of being lost into the metal. The pulley is the other considered detail: paired with solid wood, it lets the hanging height be reset in seconds, which changes how wide the pool of light falls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWithin the LIGHTEXP range, this pair is the answer for rooms where wiring is not an option. Two matched shades, one cord each, and a dimming knob within reach of the chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental dining corner, where the ceiling box is in the wrong place.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 14.76-foot cord runs along the ceiling to a wall outlet and drops exactly where the table sits. Two people eating under a pair of shades get warm downward light on the tabletop and a soft glow on the wall behind, and the white inner shade keeps the pool of light wide rather than tight. Pair it with a round pedestal table in natural oak and woven-seat chairs. For hanging heights over tables, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e explain the 30-inch rule and how to adapt it in low-ceiling rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen breakfast bar or farmhouse sink.\u003c\/strong\u003e Clipped to a hook above a sink or a two-stool counter, the pendant puts light where the work happens instead of behind the person doing it. Someone washing produce or reading a recipe early in the morning sees the counter clearly, and the black shade reads as a deliberate accent against white shiplap or open shelving stocked with everyday crockery. Each cord carries its own rotary knob, so one pendant can be dimmed to a low evening level while the other stays bright. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e pages show barn shades used alongside painted cabinetry and butcher-block counters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e for matching pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow hard is installation, and what tools does it need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese are plug-in pendants, so no ceiling junction box and no electrician are required. Each fixture hangs from a ceiling hook or the supplied wall-mounted pulley hardware, which is fixed with screws into a stud or a suitable wall anchor; a drill, a screwdriver and a pencil are the only tools involved. The cord runs to the nearest standard outlet, and the pulley lets you set the drop height after the hardware is in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs fit, and does the dimmer work with them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach pendant takes one standard E26 base bulb at 10.6W, and it accepts incandescent, CFL and LED lamps in that base. Bulbs are not included, so you choose the brightness and the color temperature yourself. The rotary knob on the cord dims smoothly when the fixture is fitted with a dimmable bulb; a non-dimmable LED will switch on and off but will not dim cleanly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is it, and how much space does one fixture cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shade measures 10.6 inches wide by 7.5 inches high, roughly the scale of a small pail, and the cord reaches 14.76 feet from the outlet. A single pendant comfortably lights a two-person table, a sink run or a reading chair, while the pair covers a table of four to six feet or two separate corners of a room. Leave about 30 inches between the shade rim and a tabletop so the light spreads without glare at eye level.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I clean and care for the shades?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch off and unplug the fixture, then dust the iron shade with a dry microfibre cloth; the black exterior and white interior are painted metal and need only occasional wiping with a barely damp cloth. Avoid abrasive pads and solvent sprays, which will mark the painted surface. Once or twice a year, check the cord and the pulley fixing and tighten the screws if the drop height has drifted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the set shipped, and how long does delivery take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3-5 business days, and standard delivery takes 7-15 business days with tracking provided. Both fixtures ship in protective foam-in-box packaging, with the cords coiled and the mounting hardware bagged separately so nothing rattles or scuffs the shades in transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the return and warranty policy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReturns are accepted within 30 days of delivery on unused items in original packaging. The 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module, which includes the shade, cord, pulley hardware and socket assembly; the E26 bulbs you supply yourself are covered by their own manufacturer. If a fixture arrives damaged, photograph the packaging and the unit before assembling it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500388770159,"sku":"B0B712XDPT","price":79.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/61eDqLr7OyL.jpg?v=1789876590"},{"product_id":"tengxin-2-pack-brushed-gold-pendant-lights-kitchen-island-du","title":"TENGXIN 2 Pack Brushed Gold Pendant Lights Kitchen Island, Dual Glass Shade","description":"\u003ch1\u003eTwo Brushed Gold Dual-Glass Pendants Hung on Rigid Rods Over an Island\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LIGHTEXP brushed gold pendant light is a two-fixture set with 4.7-inch dual glass shades hung on rigid rods, made for kitchens and dining rooms being finished properly rather than improvised around an existing outlet. Each pendant wires into a ceiling junction box, and the cord runs inside the rods, so nothing shows between canopy and shade.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGlass was chosen over metal or fabric because the shade is small: two layers spread the source across the full face instead of leaving one bright point, which is what lets a 4.7-inch fixture light a work surface without throwing a hot spot onto it. The rods hold everything plumb, so the pair stays aligned over years rather than drifting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.7\" diameter shade; hanging height adjustable to 42\" maximum with 2 × 10\" and 2 × 6\" rods\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual-layer glass shade with brushed gold metal canopy and rods\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × E26 base bulb per fixture — 60W maximum (LED, CFL, incandescent or halogen); bulbs not included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified — determined by the E26 bulb you install\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimmable when used with a dimmable bulb and a compatible dimmer switch; dimmer switch not included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardwired to a ceiling junction box (no plug or cord)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110–120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall switch — no switch or cord control on the fixture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrushed gold\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Brushed Gold Dual Glass Pendant Light, 4.7\\\" \\u2014 2-Pack, Adjustable Rod\",\n  \"description\": \"The LIGHTEXP brushed gold pendant light is a two-fixture set with 4.7-inch dual glass shades hung on rigid rods, made for kitchens and dining rooms being finished properly rather than improvised around an existing outlet. Each pendant wires into a ceiling junction box, and the cord runs inside the rods, so nothing shows between canopy and shade. Glass was chosen over metal or fabric because the shade is small: two layers spread the source across the full face instead of leaving one bright point,\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0CJY2541G.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0CJY2541G\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/brushed-gold-pendant-light\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"151.00\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRods instead of a cord is the decision that shapes this fixture. A rigid stem keeps a pendant exactly where it was installed — vertical, parallel to its partner, unaffected by the slow sway and twist that cord-hung lights develop — and it hides the wiring completely, which matters when two fixtures are meant to read as a matched pair rather than two objects that happen to be nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe height system is deliberately coarse: two 10-inch rods and two 6-inch rods per fixture combine into a fixed set of lengths up to 42 inches, rather than a continuously adjustable cord. That gives a repeatable result on site — both pendants can be built to the same drop before either goes up, and the run stays level across an island. The brushed gold finish is specified for the same practical reason: a low-sheen metal surface does not show fingerprints and water marks the way polished brass does, and it sits with the warm hardware already common in kitchens and vanities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWithin the range, LIGHTEXP positions this pair as the small-format option — one that covers a counter or a mirror without the visual weight of a large shade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen island — two drops, evenly spaced.\u003c\/strong\u003e On an island between five and seven feet, two pendants built to the same rod combination and hung 30 to 36 inches above the counter give a level line of light across the whole surface: breakfast, homework, and plating up after dark all happen in the same pool. Because the shades are small and glass, sightlines across the room stay open. Our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e give spacing and drop measurements for two- and three-pendant island runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVanity or dressing counter — light at face level from both sides.\u003c\/strong\u003e Flanking a mirror at eye height, the pair lights both cheeks evenly instead of casting downward shadows the way a single overhead fitting does, which is the difference when applying make-up or shaving. Use the 10-inch rod only for a compact drop, and put warm dimmable LEDs inside. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e shows vanity walls with pendant pairs in place of bar lights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoft bar or two-seat counter — a repeatable motif.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two fixtures over a short bar top or a narrow dining counter establish a rhythm that scales: the same pair can be repeated along a longer run later without changing the look. Dimmed to a low setting in the evening, the glass diffuses the filament into a soft column rather than a point. Matching brushed gold fixtures for adjoining rooms are listed in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e. Pick your E26 bulbs and a compatible dimmer, and the pair is ready for installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs an electrician required to install these?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth pendants are hardwired to a standard ceiling junction box, so a licensed electrician is the usual route, particularly if no box exists above the island. Once the box is in place, the work is mechanical: mount the canopy, screw the chosen rod combination together, thread the wire through, fit the shade and bulb. A screwdriver, pliers and a stepladder cover it — typically under an hour for the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs fit, and how does dimming work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach fixture takes one E26 base bulb up to 60W, in LED, CFL, incandescent or halogen form, and bulbs are not included, so buy two matched units at the same time. Dimming depends on the bulb and the control: fit a dimmable E26 bulb and pair it with a compatible wall dimmer, neither of which ships with the fixture, and keep the total on the circuit within the dimmer's stated rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the sizes, and will they fit my space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shade is 4.7 inches in diameter, and the drop is built from two 10-inch and two 6-inch rods to a maximum of 42 inches from ceiling to shade — enough for a standard 8- or 9-foot ceiling and for taller rooms where a longer drop is wanted. Two pendants suit counters and tables up to roughly seven feet; measure the island and divide it into thirds to place them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean the glass shades?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch off and let the bulbs cool, then dust the glass with a dry microfibre cloth. For marks, apply glass cleaner to the cloth rather than to the shade so nothing runs onto the metal, and wipe the brushed gold surfaces with a dry cloth only — solvents and abrasive pads will mark a brushed finish permanently. Check yearly that the rod joints remain hand-tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does delivery take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3–5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7–15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided. Each glass shade is cushioned separately and the rods are bagged apart from the canopy hardware so nothing scratches in transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the return and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnused fixtures can be returned in original packaging within 30 days of delivery, so keep the carton until both pendants are installed and checked. A 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module against defects in normal residential use, which includes the canopy, rods and shade fitments. The pair is sold as a set and should be returned complete.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500388802927,"sku":"B0CJY2541G","price":151.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/71JQplO9NmL.jpg?v=1789876591"},{"product_id":"black-plug-in-pendant-light-2-pack-industrial-hanging-lamp-b","title":"Black Plug in Pendant Light, 2 Pack Industrial Hanging Lamp Black Vintage Pendant","description":"\u003ch1\u003eTwo Black Metal Domes That Hang From a Hook and Plug Into the Wall\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LIGHTEXP black plug-in pendant light is a two-fixture set of metal dome shades on 15-foot cords with inline on\/off switches, made for renters, older homes and finished basements where cutting in a ceiling junction box costs more than the light does. Two hooks and a nearby outlet are all the installation needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe dome sends light down and outward over a defined circle while the shade itself stays dark, so a seated person never sees the bulb. Drop length is set by how much cord you feed through the hook, which lets the two fixtures hang at different heights in the same room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 ft plug-in cord per fixture with adjustable hanging length; shade dimensions not specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal dome shade in a vintage black finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × E26 base bulb per fixture — 60W maximum (LED, CFL, incandescent or halogen); bulbs not included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified — determined by the E26 bulb you install\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot dimmable — cord-mounted on\/off switch only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug-in cord to a standard wall outlet (no hardwiring required)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110–120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIn-line on\/off switch on the cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Black Metal Dome Plug-In Pendant Light, 2-Pack \\u2014 15 ft Cord, Inline Switch\",\n  \"description\": \"The LIGHTEXP black plug-in pendant light is a two-fixture set of metal dome shades on 15-foot cords with inline on\/off switches, made for renters, older homes and finished basements where cutting in a ceiling junction box costs more than the light does. Two hooks and a nearby outlet are all the installation needs. The dome sends light down and outward over a defined circle while the shade itself stays dark, so a seated person never sees the bulb. Drop length is set by how much cord you feed thro\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0CYZSDX5K.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0CYZSDX5K\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/black-dome-plug-in-pendant\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"51.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dome is the oldest efficient form in electric lighting, and it has stayed in kitchens, workshops and cafés for a century because it does one thing better than the alternatives: it takes the output of a bare bulb and puts nearly all of it where it is useful. What sits above the shade remains dark, which is what keeps glare away from anyone at eye level with the fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMetal changes the character of that light. An opaque dome gives the lit pool a crisp rim instead of bleeding output through the sides, and that contrast between a black shade and the bright circle beneath it is exactly what makes the shape read as industrial rather than domestic. The vintage black finish is quiet against exposed brick, dark timber and black cabinetry hardware, so the fixture joins a room's existing metalwork rather than asking to be matched.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHanging from a cord with a switch partway along is what detaches the light from the ceiling grid. LIGHTEXP includes the hooks and anchors, so both pendants can go up in a single afternoon, and because nothing is hardwired the arrangement moves whenever the furniture does.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental kitchen — light over the counter without opening the ceiling.\u003c\/strong\u003e A lease rarely rewards anyone for cutting plaster, so the pair hooks in above the work surface and runs down the wall to the nearest counter outlet. Someone chopping vegetables after dark gets a defined pool on the board instead of the flat builder-grade glow, and the switch stays within reach of the sink. Our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e cover hanging heights for counter and island runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBasement bar or games table — dark domes over a dark room.\u003c\/strong\u003e Bare joists and low ceilings suit light that stops at the table edge, and the opaque shade keeps the bulb out of sight from a seated position. Space the two over a five or six foot table and fit warm E26 LEDs near 2700K so the room reads as a place to sit rather than a workshop. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e includes several basement and bar layouts built around dome pendants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBedroom — pendants in place of table lamps.\u003c\/strong\u003e One on each side of the bed clears the nightstand completely, which matters in a small room where a lamp competes with a book and a glass. Set the shades just above shoulder height when sitting up and run both cords to a shared outlet behind the headboard. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e lists further black metal fixtures for the rest of the house, if you want the finish carried through. Choose your E26 bulbs and the pair goes up the same afternoon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes installation require an electrician or a ceiling box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo wiring is involved. Screw a hook into the ceiling joist or a rated anchor, hook the cord at the length you want, fit the shade and plug into a standard outlet — roughly ten minutes per fixture with a stepladder and a screwdriver, plus a drill if no hook exists. The cord hangs correctly from flat, sloped and vaulted ceilings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs fit, and can the light be dimmed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach fixture takes one standard E26 bulb of any technology — LED, CFL, incandescent or halogen — up to 60W, and bulbs are not included, so buy two if you want both lit with a matched tone. There is no dimming circuit: the cord carries an on\/off switch, so set the brightness by choosing bulb wattage and colour temperature rather than by fitting a wall dimmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it suit my room, and how is the height set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach cord measures 15 feet, and the hanging height is decided by how much of that length you feed through the hook, so the same fixture works under a low basement joist or in a vaulted entry. Shade diameter is not published by the manufacturer, so plan by task instead: one dome per seating piece, or one per three to four feet of counter or table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean the shades?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch off and let the bulb cool, then wipe the metal with a dry or barely damp microfibre cloth. Avoid abrasive pads, solvents and spray cleaners, which dull a black finish unevenly, and dust the cord along its length at the same time. Check once or twice a year that the ceiling hook and anchor are still tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does delivery take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3–5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7–15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided. Both shades are cushioned separately so the rims do not deform, and the cords arrive coiled rather than creased.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the returns and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnused fixtures may be returned in original packaging within 30 days of delivery, so keep the carton until you have settled on the hanging positions. A 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module against defects in normal residential use. The set is sold as a pair and should be returned complete.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500388835695,"sku":"B0CYZSDX5K","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/51FyObdH1eL.jpg?v=1789876592"},{"product_id":"3-light-hanging-light-with-plug-in-cord-plug-in-pendant-ligh","title":"3-Light Hanging Light with Plug in Cord,Plug in Pendant Light 22ft Hemp Rope Pendant","description":"\u003ch1\u003eThree Sockets on One Twisted Hemp Rope Cord That Plugs Into a Wall Outlet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LIGHTEXP hemp rope pendant light is a three-socket hanging kit on a 27-foot twisted natural hemp cord, for anyone who wants the look of a hardwired multi-pendant arrangement with nothing more than a wall outlet and somewhere to hook the rope. Rattan shades and metal frames are included on each drop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eControl sits in two places: a rocker switch on the cord shuts the whole run down, and each socket has its own twist switch, so one, two or three lamps can be used without unplugging anything. Any E26 bulb to 60W per socket fits, bulbs not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27 ft hanging cord per manufacturer specification (22 ft referenced in the product listing); individual socket spacing not specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwisted natural hemp rope cord, rattan shades with metal frames, UL listed E26 sockets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 × E26 base bulbs — 60W recommended per socket, 250W total maximum (incandescent or LED); bulbs not included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified — determined by the E26 bulbs you install\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot dimmable — cord rocker switch and per-socket twist switches only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug-in cord to a standard wall outlet (no hardwiring required)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110–120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIn-line rocker on\/off switch on the cord plus an individual twist switch on each socket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUL Listed light sockets per manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural hemp with natural rattan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Rattan 3-Light Hemp Rope Plug-In Pendant Light \\u2014 27 ft Cord Kit\",\n  \"description\": \"The LIGHTEXP hemp rope pendant light is a three-socket hanging kit on a 27-foot twisted natural hemp cord, for anyone who wants the look of a hardwired multi-pendant arrangement with nothing more than a wall outlet and somewhere to hook the rope. Rattan shades and metal frames are included on each drop. Control sits in two places: a rocker switch on the cord shuts the whole run down, and each socket has its own twist switch, so one, two or three lamps can be used without unplugging anything. Any\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0DG1GK6J1.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0DG1GK6J1\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/hemp-rope-pendant-light\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"64.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  },\n  \"certification\": \"UL Listed light sockets per manufacturer\"\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA cord kit like this exists because the difficult part of multi-pendant lighting is rarely the fixture — it is getting a junction box to the middle of a beam, an attic conversion or a basement ceiling. Twisted hemp rope does that work instead, carrying not only the electrical load but the visual language usually supplied by the cord's covering: three-strand twist reads as deliberate when it is left visible, which suits this kind of open installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHemp is specified over PVC for insulation and heat tolerance, both of which matter when the cord carries three sockets rather than one, and the sockets themselves are UL listed components, so any one lamp can be taken offline while the others stay lit. Per-socket control changes how the kit behaves in a room: two lights on either side of a sofa with the middle one dark, or all three for a table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rattan shades keep the weight at each drop low, which is what allows the entire run to be held by a couple of hooks instead of ceiling structure. LIGHTEXP supplies the hanging accessories with the kit, so nothing further has to be sourced before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBasement or converted attic — a chandelier where none could be wired.\u003c\/strong\u003e Beam ceilings and joists invite a draped rope but resist being opened for a junction box, so this kit delivers the multi-drop look down there without a single cut into plaster. Someone setting up a games table or a home gym bench gets light spread along the run rather than one bright point overhead. Leave 60W bulbs in the end sockets and run a lower-watt LED in the middle for balance. Our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e cover safe draping heights along exposed joists.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDinner party or celebration — low over a long table.\u003c\/strong\u003e Swagging the cord across a dining room and letting three rattan shades fall above the table at different heights gives guests warm light at face level without a single furniture rearrangement, and everything packs away afterwards. Individual socket switches mean the two end lights can stay on for atmosphere while the middle one handles plates being cleared.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLiving room — a switch within reach of the sofa.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 27-foot cord allows the run to follow beams and skirting to a socket behind a cabinet, with the rocker placed close to the seating so whatever is being read or mended can be lit without standing up. Warm filament bulbs keep it relaxed in the evening. For more ideas along these lines, browse \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e; coordinating rattan pieces sit in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need an electrician to install it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo wiring or electrician is involved. Fix two hooks or eyes at the points where you want the cord to turn, drape the rope between them, screw in bulbs and plug into the nearest outlet — usually under twenty minutes with a stepladder and a screwdriver, plus a drill and anchors if there are no existing hooks. Hanging accessories are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs fit, and is it dimmable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach of the three sockets takes a standard E26 bulb, in incandescent or LED form, with 60W per socket recommended and 250W across the whole run as the stated maximum; bulbs are not included, so buy three at once if you want a matched look. There is no dimming — the cord carries a rocker on\/off switch and each socket its own twist switch, so control is on or off per lamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much room does the cord cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cord measures 27 feet per the manufacturer specification, though the listing title quotes 22 feet, so plan your runs conservatively. That length covers a draped path across most living rooms, along a beam or down a basement wall to a reachable outlet. Because the three drops sit along the rope rather than at one point, the arrangement suits long tables, sectionals and beam runs better than small square rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean the rope and shades?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDust the hemp cord and rattan shades with a soft brush or the lowest setting on a vacuum brush attachment, following the twist of the rope so fibres are not lifted. Wipe the metal frames with a dry cloth. Keep the cord away from standing water, solvents and harsh cleaners, since hemp absorbs liquid and will not dry cleanly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the shipping timeframe?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3–5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7–15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided. The three shades are cushioned separately so the rattan is not compressed, and the long rope arrives coiled rather than folded to avoid kinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the return and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnused kits may be returned in original packaging within 30 days of delivery, so keep the carton until you have confirmed your route for the cord. A 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module against defects in normal residential use, which here means the rope assembly, sockets and switches as supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500388901231,"sku":"B0DG1GK6J1","price":64.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/61XRelYULyL.jpg?v=1789876594"},{"product_id":"5-5-16-inch-light-canopy-kit-with-heavy-duty-replacement-cov","title":"5-5\/16 Inch Light Canopy Kit with Heavy Duty, Replacement Cover Plate with Mounting","description":"\u003ch1\u003eA Heavy-Duty Steel Ceiling Canopy Kit Rated to Carry 60 lbs\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LIGHTEXP ceiling canopy kit is a complete 5-5\/16-inch steel mounting set rated to carry up to 60 lbs, intended for anyone replacing a damaged or missing canopy, upgrading something flimsy that came with a fixture, or hanging weight from a ceiling box with the right hardware rather than improvised brackets. It handles chandeliers, pendants, swag conversions and even plant baskets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit ships with every part needed for the mechanical side — crossbar, threaded nipple, collar loop, collar ring, quick link, ground wire, mounting screws, washers, screw nuts, wire nuts and expansion bolts. No visible side screws once installed, and it is rated for sloped ceilings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-5\/16\" diameter canopy; includes crossbar, threaded nipple, collar loop, collar ring, quick link, ground wire, mounting screws, washers, screw nuts, wire nuts and expansion bolts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel construction with a smooth rust-resistant finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot applicable — this is a mounting kit, no socket or lamp is included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot applicable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot applicable — dimming is governed by the fixture you hang\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounts to a standard ceiling junction box; the connected fixture supplies its own wiring and lamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot applicable — no electrical components are supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot applicable — switching is provided by the fixture you install\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified — maximum load capacity is 60 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"5-5\/16\\\" Steel Ceiling Canopy Kit \\u2014 Heavy-Duty Fixture Mounting Hardware\",\n  \"description\": \"The LIGHTEXP ceiling canopy kit is a complete 5-5\/16-inch steel mounting set rated to carry up to 60 lbs, intended for anyone replacing a damaged or missing canopy, upgrading something flimsy that came with a fixture, or hanging weight from a ceiling box with the right hardware rather than improvised brackets. It handles chandeliers, pendants, swag conversions and even plant baskets. The kit ships with every part needed for the mechanical side \\u2014 crossbar, threaded nipple, collar loop, collar rin\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0B49YG9KG.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0B49YG9KG\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/ceiling-canopy-kit\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"25.99\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA canopy has one job, and everything here serves it: transferring the dead weight of a fixture through a ceiling box and into structure. Load is taken by the crossbar rather than by the box threads — the crossbar spans the box, the threaded nipple runs down through the plate, and the collar ring pulls everything tight, so weight travels along steel instead of hanging on two small screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThreading is M10 on the collar loops and centre pipe, the common size across a wide run of fixtures, so the kit works as a replacement part rather than a proprietary accessory. Steel is used over aluminium or pressed sheet because the load rating demands it; 60 lbs covers most pendants and mid-weight chandeliers, and the rust-resistant surface treatment matters in kitchens and utility rooms where a canopy sits for years without being touched.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConcealing the side screws is a small decision with a visible payoff. Nothing interrupts the curve of the plate, which is why a five-inch canopy disappears under a larger fixture. LIGHTEXP keeps the kit separate from its pendants so a damaged plate can be replaced without discarding the fixture hanging beneath it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReplacing a damaged or missing plate over a dining table.\u003c\/strong\u003e Canopies get lost during moves, bent in storage and yellowed with age, and a fixture that otherwise works well should not be thrown out for want of a plate. Swapping one in takes about twenty minutes at the ceiling and changes nothing about the light below. Our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e include a walkthrough for safe canopy replacement at a junction box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConverting a plug-in swag pendant to a hardwired fixture.\u003c\/strong\u003e A swag cord across the ceiling is a sound rental solution and less appealing once you own the place. Mounting the same pendant on a canopy at the nearest ceiling box removes the visible run and puts the light where it belongs, over the table or counter rather than near whichever wall has a socket. Check that the box itself is rated to carry the fixture, since the plate hands load to the box rather than bypassing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging weight that is not a light at all.\u003c\/strong\u003e Because the kit is rated to 60 lbs, it also serves lanterns, hanging planters and fruit baskets over an island — provided everything is fixed into solid structure such as a joist or blocking using the supplied expansion bolts, and never into drywall alone on the heavy end. Fixtures to hang beneath it sit in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e shows several ways canopies are left visible deliberately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this something I can fit myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, for anyone comfortable working at a ceiling box with the breaker off. The crossbar, threaded nipple, collar loop, collar ring, quick link, mounting screws, washers, nuts, wire nuts, ground wire and expansion bolts are included together with instructions, so nothing else needs buying. Tools are limited to a screwdriver and pliers, and although hanging chain is not part of the package, the collar loop accepts most common chain sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich fixtures will it carry, and does it affect dimming?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAny pendant, flush mount or mid-weight chandelier whose collar loops and centre pipe use the common M10 thread, up to a maximum of 60 lbs. The kit contains no socket, driver or electronics, so it has no effect on dimming, colour temperature or bulb type — all of that comes from the fixture you hang and its own wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the plate cover my ceiling opening?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe canopy is 5-5\/16 inches in diameter, which comfortably covers a standard round or octagonal junction box and most patching left around an old fitting. Measure first if your ceiling has heavy texture or an oversized cut-out. The hardware is also listed as compatible with sloped ceilings, so the same kit suits a pitched or vaulted run as well as a flat one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should the steel canopy be maintained?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe the plate occasionally with a dry or barely damp cloth to remove kitchen film and dust, drying it straight afterwards. Avoid abrasive pads and solvent cleaners, which cut through the rust-resistant treatment. Once a year it is worth checking that the collar ring and crossbar are still snug, since any movement at the ceiling gradually works threads loose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it shipped?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3–5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7–15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided. Small steel components are bagged inside the carton so nothing rattles loose or scratches the finished face of the plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the returns and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnused kits may be returned in original packaging within 30 days of delivery, which is sensible if you cannot confirm the size until the ceiling is open. A 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module against defects in normal residential use; here that applies to the steel canopy, crossbar and threaded hardware supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500388933999,"sku":"B0B49YG9KG","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/710caUrzSsL.jpg?v=1789876595"},{"product_id":"demmex-plug-in-turkish-moroccan-mosaic-hanging-pendant-ceili","title":"DEMMEX Plug-in Turkish Moroccan Mosaic Hanging Pendant Ceiling Light – Swag Lamp Fixture","description":"\u003ch1\u003eA Hand-Set Mosaic Glass Globe Pendant That Plugs Into Any Outlet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LIGHTEXP mosaic glass pendant light is a hand-set 7-inch globe of coloured glass pieces finished in antique brass, delivered on a 15-foot cord and chain so it can hang wherever there is a wall outlet — made for people who want colour in a room without rewiring or losing a deposit. Each globe is assembled by hand, so no two are identical.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitched on, the pieces throw broken colour across ceiling and wall rather than plain light, which is what gives a neutral room somewhere to look. The fixture takes an E12 candelabra bulb, so keep to a low-output LED and let the glass do the visual work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7\" diameter mosaic globe; 26\" drop; 15 ft cord and chain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand-cut coloured mosaic glass set onto a globe body with antique brass fittings; glass and metal construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × E12 candelabra base bulb (maximum wattage not specified); bulb not included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified — determined by the E12 bulb you install; coloured glass also tints the output\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified — the plug-in cord has no listed dimmer function\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug-in cord to a standard North American wall outlet (swag installation, no hardwiring)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110–120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMulticolour mosaic glass with antique brass finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Mosaic Glass Pendant Light, 7\\\" Globe \\u2014 Antique Brass Plug-In Swag Lamp\",\n  \"description\": \"The LIGHTEXP mosaic glass pendant light is a hand-set 7-inch globe of coloured glass pieces finished in antique brass, delivered on a 15-foot cord and chain so it can hang wherever there is a wall outlet \\u2014 made for people who want colour in a room without rewiring or losing a deposit. Each globe is assembled by hand, so no two are identical. Switched on, the pieces throw broken colour across ceiling and wall rather than plain light, which is what gives a neutral room somewhere to look. The fixtu\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B0CWLLGR2Z.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B0CWLLGR2Z\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/mosaic-glass-pendant-light\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"115.00\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mosaic globe belongs to a lineage of hand-cut glass lamps made in Turkey, and copying its effect convincingly by machine has proved difficult. Each fragment is cut and placed so that no two adjoining pieces share the same tone, and that irregularity is the reason the light looks made rather than printed: you are seeing many small prisms rather than one tinted shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eColour sits inside the fragment rather than being applied afterwards, so it cannot flake away from the heat of the lamp, and the antique brass fitting — warm rather than bright yellow — keeps metalwork from competing with the glass. The 15-foot cord and chain combination is deliberate too: chain carries close to the ceiling, cord does the vertical run, and together they allow the globe to be positioned several feet away from the outlet it actually uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe practical effect is that a single globe can change the character of a neutral scheme, which is why LIGHTEXP lists it among its decorative rather than purely functional pieces. It works at its best low and close, where someone sitting under it sees the colour overhead instead of across the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLiving-room reading corner — colour over a plain scheme.\u003c\/strong\u003e A grey or oatmeal room with one armchair and a side table often looks finished but feels uninviting after dark; hanging the globe low beside the chair puts warm broken colour directly above whoever is reading, so the corner reads as a place rather than a leftover space. A velvet chair, a wool rug and a brass-rimmed side table all sit naturally with it, since each already has texture to trade against the glass. Our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e explain how low-hung accent fixtures change perceived room height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEntry hall or stair landing — pattern high on the wall.\u003c\/strong\u003e Because the cord and chain carry the drop, a globe can be placed where no ceiling rose exists, then swagged back along the ceiling to a socket by the door. Arriving guests get coloured light playing across plaster rather than a bare bulb overhead. The 26-inch drop keeps the globe above head height in a standard hallway while staying low enough to register as deliberate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBedroom dressing table — light that flatters faces.\u003c\/strong\u003e Over a small vanity with a mirror, the mosaic softens spill onto the face instead of the hard white most mirrors return, which matters when putting on make-up for an evening out. Keeps the room dim overall, so getting dressed early does not disturb anyone still asleep. More ideas for this kind of placement are gathered in \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e, and the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e includes brass pieces that work alongside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I hang it, and do I need an electrician?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo electrician is required — a single ceiling hook is enough, then the cord and chain swag along the ceiling or wall to the nearest outlet and plug in. Expect about fifteen minutes with a stepladder and a screwdriver, plus a drill and suitable anchor if there is no existing hook. Because the fixture carries its own cord and plug, moving it to another room later takes no tools at all.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulb does it take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe globe uses one E12 candelabra base bulb, the small base found on chandeliers, and bulbs are not included, so order one with the fixture. A low-output LED in warm white suits the coloured glass best, since high output washes the pattern out. Maximum wattage is not specified by the maker, so stay conservative on the lamp you choose and never exceed what the socket is rated for.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much space does one fixture cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe globe is 7 inches across with a 26-inch drop, which is deliberately small: think of it as an accent rather than a room light, best hung low over one chair, one table or one stretch of wall. The 15-foot cord means you can reach an outlet well away from the hanging point, so the limiting factor is usually the socket rather than the fixture itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is mosaic glass cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDust first with a soft dry brush, then wipe each section gently with a dry microfibre cloth; because adjoining pieces meet at slightly different heights, cloths catch less than you expect if you press lightly. Never soak the globe or spray cleaner into the seams, since moisture behind the pieces cannot be dried out once it goes in. Keep solvents well away from the antique brass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does delivery take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3–5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7–15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided. Hand-set glass globes are cushioned individually so pieces cannot take the weight against the outer carton, and the chain ships coiled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the return and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnused fixtures can be returned in original packaging within 30 days of delivery, so hold on to the carton and cushioning until you are confident about the hanging position. A 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module against defects in normal residential use. Because each globe is assembled by hand, slight variation between units is expected rather than faulty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500388999535,"sku":"B0CWLLGR2Z","price":115.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/81vE6kVBo0L.jpg?v=1789876596"},{"product_id":"akezon-pendant-lights-kitchen-island-2-pack-brushed-nickel-a","title":"AKEZON Pendant Lights Kitchen Island 2 Pack, Brushed Nickel, Adjust Height","description":"\u003ch1\u003eDual-Glass Pendant Lights with Frosted Inner Shades, Sold as a Pair\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LIGHTEXP clear glass pendant light is a two-fixture brushed nickel set built around a pair of glass shades — an outer clear shell measuring 8.66 inches across and an inner frosted white shade at 6.69 inches — aimed at kitchen islands and dining counters where a single layer of glass would put the bulb too plainly in view.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frosted interior does the diffusing, the clear exterior does the shaping, and the result is light that reads bright without reading harsh. Each fixture takes one E26 bulb to 60W and hangs from a cord adjustable to 47 inches, so additions or changes stay simple.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOuter clear glass 8.66\" diameter × 4.72\" H; inner frosted glass 6.69\" diameter × 3.54\" H; adjustable cord up to 47\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear glass outer shade, frosted white glass inner shade, brushed nickel metal base and hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × E26 medium base bulb per fixture, 60W maximum (incandescent, LED or CFL); bulbs not included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified — determined by the E26 bulb you install\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully dimmable when used with a dimmable E26 bulb and a compatible dimmer switch (neither included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardwired to a ceiling junction box; suits flat and sloped ceilings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110–120V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall switch (dimmer compatible)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear and frosted glass with brushed nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Schema\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/\",\n  \"@type\": \"Product\",\n  \"name\": \"Clear Glass Pendant Light, Brushed Nickel 2-Pack \\u2014 Dual-Glass Island Pendants\",\n  \"description\": \"The LIGHTEXP clear glass pendant light is a two-fixture brushed nickel set built around a pair of glass shades \\u2014 an outer clear shell measuring 8.66 inches across and an inner frosted white shade at 6.69 inches \\u2014 aimed at kitchen islands and dining counters where a single layer of glass would put the bulb too plainly in view. The frosted interior does the diffusing, the clear exterior does the shaping, and the result is light that reads bright without reading harsh. Each fixture takes one E26 bu\",\n  \"image\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/cdn\/images\/B09GFRPZHN.jpg\",\n  \"sku\": \"B09GFRPZHN\",\n  \"brand\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Brand\",\n    \"name\": \"LIGHTEXP\"\n  },\n  \"offers\": {\n    \"@type\": \"Offer\",\n    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/products\/clear-glass-pendant-modern\",\n    \"priceCurrency\": \"USD\",\n    \"price\": \"116.00\",\n    \"availability\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/InStock\",\n    \"itemCondition\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\/NewCondition\"\n  },\n  \"aggregateRating\": {\n    \"@type\": \"AggregateRating\",\n    \"ratingValue\": \"4.8\",\n    \"reviewCount\": \"127\"\n  }\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Story\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo layers of glass solve two different problems. A frosted shade alone spreads light beautifully but looks flat and milky when switched off; a clear shade alone shows every design trick but exposes the filament and throws its image onto nearby surfaces. Nesting one inside the other keeps the diffusion and restores the depth — the outer shell catches light at its edges, so the fixture has presence in daylight rather than disappearing into a white blur.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pair geometry is also functional. Air between the two shades acts as insulation, so the outer glass stays cooler than it would around a 60W lamp on its own, and that outer layer is the only part you touch when cleaning. The frosted interior then hides whatever bulb you choose, which is why an ordinary LED works here as well as a decorative filament lamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHeight is managed with cord rather than rod: loosen the nuts at the metal base, slide the cord to the length you want and tighten again, with any surplus coiled inside the base plate. LIGHTEXP also fits the canopy to sloped ceilings, so both fixtures stay plumb over an angled run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere It Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen island — two heads over a mid-length run.\u003c\/strong\u003e Pairing them at even intervals over an island between five and seven feet puts light onto the whole working surface, and because the inner shade is frosted, whoever is rolling dough or reading a recipe from a phone does not get the bulb's reflection flicking off a knife blade. Brushed nickel answers the tap and appliance handles already in the room. Allow roughly 30 inches of clearance from counter to glass base. Our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/lighting-guides\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLighting Design Guides\u003c\/a\u003e cover pair spacing for islands of this length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHallway — a rhythm down a long corridor.\u003c\/strong\u003e A plain passage with one central light leaves both ends dim and gives the floor no visual cadence. Two of these set about six feet apart, both shortened to clear the tallest person in the house comfortably, light the whole run evenly and give the corridor a repeating mark along its length. Glass helps here too, since nothing blocks sightlines from one end of the hall to the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBreakfast bar or café counter.\u003c\/strong\u003e Over a raised counter or along a small café servery, the pair supplies light at working height for whoever is plating or pouring, while the choice of bulb sets the register — 2700K for a slow morning service, 4000K where the counter doubles as a laptop station. The 47-inch cord suits a nine-foot ceiling with the drop sitting just above head height when seated. Matching styles for adjoining rooms sit in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/collections\/all\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFull Lighting Collection\u003c\/a\u003e, with layouts worth copying in \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lightexp.com\/blogs\/inspiration\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDesign Inspiration \u0026amp; Ideas\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is involved in fitting these?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth fixtures are hardwired to a ceiling junction box, and mounting hardware plus printed instructions are included; with a stepladder, screwdriver and wire strippers most installations of the pair take under ninety minutes, though hiring an electrician is the safer route if mains wiring is new to you. Each wire is tagged L for live and N for neutral, which removes most of the guesswork at the ceiling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich bulbs fit, and can I dim them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach pendant takes one E26 medium base bulb up to 60W, in LED, incandescent or CFL form; bulbs are not included, so buy two with the colour temperature you want — around 2700K for warm evening rooms, higher for work surfaces. Both dim fully when paired with a dimmable E26 bulb and a compatible dimmer switch, neither of which is supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I judge the size for my room?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe outer shell is 8.66 inches wide and 4.72 inches tall with an inner shade of 6.69 inches, a compact proportion that suits pairs over islands, breakfast bars and counters rather than an oversized single statement. The cord trims to anything up to 47 inches, enough for standard eight-foot ceilings and a little beyond; very tall rooms may need additional fixtures rather than a longer drop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the best way to clean them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe the outer clear glass with a microfibre cloth and a little diluted dish soap, then dry it to avoid streaks — this is the layer most dust settles on. To clean the frosted inner shade, reach in from below rather than dismantling anything, using a dry cloth or soft brush. Avoid ammonia and abrasive pads on glass, and keep solvents away from the brushed nickel base.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen will they ship?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrders are processed within 3–5 business days. Standard delivery takes 7–15 business days, shipped in protective foam-in-box packaging with tracking provided. Each glass shade sits in its own cavity so the two layers cannot knock together, and the cords are coiled at the canopy so they arrive without kinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the returns and warranty terms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnused fixtures can be returned in original packaging within 30 days of delivery, so hold on to the carton and foam inserts until the placement is settled. A 24-month warranty covers structural components and the light module against defects in normal residential use. The fixtures are priced as a pair and should be returned together.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LightExp","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53500389032303,"sku":"B09GFRPZHN","price":116.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/files\/41dF7iaiCxL.jpg?v=1789876598"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0995\/3466\/8143\/collections\/large-space-lighting.png?v=1791511667","url":"https:\/\/lightexp.com\/collections\/pendant-lights.oembed?page=3","provider":"LightExp","version":"1.0","type":"link"}